OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL INC
10-K, 1998-12-28
CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY & EQUIP
Previous: POWERWAVE TECHNOLOGIES INC, 8-K/A, 1998-12-28
Next: INSURED MUNICIPALS INCOME TRUST & IN QU TAX EX TR MUL SE 308, 497, 1998-12-28




   ==========================================================================
                                    FORM 10-K

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

            [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                  For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998
                                       OR

          [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
                         SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

        For the transition period from _______________ to _______________

                         Commission File Number 0-21461

                                 ---------------

                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
             [Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter]

                  DELAWARE                                       43-1721419

       (State or other jurisdiction of                        (I.R.S. employer
       incorporation or organization)                        identification no.)
              222 East Main Street
           Port Washington, Wisconsin                               53074
    (Address of principal executive offices)                     (Zip code)

       Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (414) 268-8965

                              --------------------

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

                                                   Name of each exchange
       Title of each class                          on which registered
       -------------------                          -------------------
                                    None

           SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT:
                                  Common Stock
                         Preferred Stock Purchase Rights
                    Series A Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
                                (Title of class)

                              --------------------

         Indicate  by check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1) has  filed all
reports  required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter  period that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes. X No.

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained  herein,  and will not be contained,
to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ]

         As of December 18, 1998, the aggregate market value of the common stock
held by  non-affiliates  (13,474,639  shares) of the registrant was $176,854,637
(based on the closing price, on such date, of $13.125 per share).

         As of December 18, 1998, there were 14,271,000  shares of common stock,
$0.01 par value, outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

    Proxy Statement dated on or about December 31, 1998 (portion) (Part III)

   ==========================================================================

<PAGE>
                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

                               INDEX TO FORM 10-K

                                                                       Page
                                                                       ----
                                     Part I

Item 1.   Business....................................................   1
Item 2.   Properties..................................................  12
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings...........................................  13
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.........  13

                                     Part II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related              
           Stockholder Matters........................................  13
Item 6.   Selected Consolidated Financial Data........................  14
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
           Condition and Results of Operations........................  15
Item 7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk..  24
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.................  25
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
           Accounting and Financial Disclosure........................  47

                                    Part III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..........  47
Item 11.  Executive Compensation......................................  47
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and           
           Management.................................................  47
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..............  47

                                     Part IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on        
           Form 8-K...................................................  48

<PAGE>

Item 1.  Business

General

              OmniQuip International,  Inc. (the "Company" or "OmniQuip") is the
largest North American  manufacturer of telescopic  material handlers and one of
the leading North American  producers of aerial work  platforms.  Other products
manufactured  by the  Company  include  skid steer  loaders and a range of other
material handling equipment.  OmniQuip's highly versatile products are used in a
variety of applications for construction,  industrial, maintenance, military and
agricultural  markets.  The Company's  principal products are marketed under the
well-recognized and highly-regarded SKY TRAK, LULL, SNORKELIFT and WILDCAT brand
names.

              Telescopic  material  handlers  are  especially  useful  in  rough
terrain  environments and congested job sites, where their  maneuverability  and
ability to raise, extend and lower payloads provide significant  advantages over
more  traditional  material  handling  equipment,  such as cranes,  straightmast
forklifts and  elevators.  The  Company's  telescopic  material  handlers have a
maximum lift capacity of 5,000 pounds to 10,000 pounds and can position payloads
from 28 feet to 54 feet  above the  ground or 15 feet to 39 feet in front of the
machine's chassis.  The versatility of these units allows users to lower overall
costs by substituting a single telescopic material handler for one or more other
types of material  handling  equipment,  as well as for certain labor  intensive
material  handling  tasks.  The Company  believes it  manufactures  the broadest
product line of  telescopic  material  handlers in North  America.  Shipments of
commercial  telescopic  material handlers increased from approximately 950 units
in  calendar  1990 to  approximately  3,550  units in fiscal  1998.  Based  upon
industry  reports,  the Company believes that its North American market share of
fiscal 1998 shipments of telescopic  material handlers was approximately 31%. In
addition,  OmniQuip  has been a  principal  supplier  since  1988 of  telescopic
material handlers to the military. The Company has a contract to supply the U.S.
Army with a new  generation  of  telescopic  material  handlers  to support  the
logistics  requirements of the Rapid Deployment  Forces.  The Army has estimated
that its  requirements  under the contract  could range up to a maximum of 1,200
ATLAS vehicles,  or a maximum contract value of $120 million.  Through September
30, 1998, the Company has sold  approximately  248 vehicles under this contract.
The Company believes that this contract will enhance its ability to pursue sales
to other  branches of the United  States  armed  forces and to foreign  military
agencies.

              Aerial work  platforms  are mobile,  versatile  units  designed to
position  workers and materials  easily in elevated work locations.  Such highly
versatile   products   allow   users  to   increase   productivity   in  certain
labor-intensive  tasks in an enhanced safety  environment  compared to equipment
traditionally  used to reach  elevated and difficult to reach  positions such as
scaffolding   and  ladders.   The   Company's   broad   product  line   includes
self-propelled  telescoping and/or articulating boom-type platforms,  which have
maximum elevation  capabilities  ranging from 33 feet to 126 feet from ground to
platform height and self-propelled scissor-type platforms with maximum elevation
capabilities ranging from 15 feet to 40 feet from ground to platform height. The
Company also  manufactures  a small line of  truck-mounted  and  trailer-mounted
booms with  elevation  capabilities  ranging  from 40 feet to 69 feet in height.
Shipments of aerial work  platforms  marketed  under the  SNORKELIFT and WILDCAT
brand names increased from  approximately  1,900 units in 1990 to  approximately
4,700 units in fiscal 1998.

              OmniQuip sells and  distributes  its material  handling and aerial
work platform products  commercially  through independent  equipment dealers and
rental companies, including national rental fleets, located in the United States
and Canada.  Internationally,  OmniQuip  markets and  distributes  its  products
through a variety of arrangements with dealers and distributors in approximately
50 countries. To facilitate the sale of its material handling products, OmniQuip
offers its independent  equipment  dealers floor plan and rental fleet financing
assistance  in  connection  with the purchase of the  Company's  


<PAGE>

products.  Such assistance consists of limited,  backup financing guarantees and
repurchase agreements which benefit dealers by providing them the opportunity to
obtain  attractive  financing  terms on the  Company's  products,  which in turn
allows dealers to stock more units for sale or rental.

Industry Overview

              OmniQuip competes principally in selected segments of the material
handling and light  equipment  markets  which  utilize  engines of less than 130
horsepower.  With limited exceptions,  competitors with leading market shares in
these  segments  typically  are  not  large  full-line   construction  equipment
manufacturers.

              North American shipments of construction and allied equipment grew
from $30.8  billion in 1990 to $43.1  billion  in 1996,  representing  a nominal
compound annual growth rate of 5.8%. According to industry estimates,  shipments
of telescopic  material handlers in North America grew from approximately  2,400
units in 1990 to approximately 9,100 units in 1997, representing a real compound
annual growth rate of 20.8%,  and shipments of aerial work  platforms  increased
from approximately  13,200 units in 1990 to approximately  40,900 units in 1997,
representing a real compound annual growth rate of 17.6%.  For the twelve months
ended  September  30, 1998,  unit  shipments of  telescopic  material  handlers,
boom-type  aerial work  platforms and  scissor-type  aerial work  platforms grew
approximately  32.9%,  6.1% and 33.1%,  respectively,  each as  compared  to the
twelve months ended  September 30, 1997. The Company  believes  growth rates for
telescopic  material  handlers and aerial work platforms are  attributable  to a
number of factors, including the following:

                  Increased   Productivity  and  Safety.   Telescopic   material
         handlers and aerial work platforms enable users to reduce costs through
         increased   labor   productivity   compared  to  other   methods  using
         alternative  equipment  or  direct  labor.   Productivity  enhancements
         include a reduction  in the number of indirect  personnel  required for
         material  handling  support  to  load,  transport  and  place  building
         materials and to operate certain other types of construction equipment.
         The  versatility  and variety of  attachments  available for telescopic
         material  handlers  results in higher  utilization of the equipment and
         permits  end-users  to  increase  inventory  turnover at job sites more
         rapidly by taking loads  directly off delivery  trucks and placing them
         where they will be used.  Aerial work platforms provide distinct safety
         and  productivity   advantages  over  alternative   equipment  and  are
         increasingly  attractive  in light of federal  and state  safety  rules
         requiring  the use of tethers and other  safety  devices for workers in
         elevated work environments.

                  Product  Versatility.  Telescopic  material  handlers are more
         versatile  than  other  material  handling  equipment  such as  cranes,
         straightmast forklifts and elevators.  Telescopic material handlers can
         unload,  carry and place  materials  up to five  stories  high in rough
         terrain work environments,  eliminating the need for multiple pieces of
         more  specialized  equipment and reducing the labor  required to handle
         materials  at the work  site.  In  addition,  using  one or more of the
         approximately 40 Company-approved  attachments,  OmniQuip's  telescopic
         material  handlers  can be used in numerous  applications.  Attachments
         include  forks  and  carriages,  grapples,  buckets,  augers,  concrete
         hoppers and truss  booms.  The numerous  applications  provided by such
         attachments used in conjunction with the Company's  telescopic material
         handlers  allow  customers to decrease  aggregate  equipment  costs and
         increase utilization of their material handling equipment.  Aerial work
         platforms also offer increased versatility relative to more traditional
         devices such as ladders and scaffolding.

                  Growth of Equipment  Rentals.  The equipment  rental  industry
         serves a wide variety of industrial,  manufacturing,  construction  and
         governmental  markets. The equipment rental industry,  including rental
         centers,  national  rental  fleets and  independent  dealers  who offer
         equipment for either sale or rental, has grown significantly.  A survey
         conducted for an industry 

                                       2

<PAGE>

         trade association estimates that construction equipment rental revenues
         were  approximately $6.6 billion in 1990 and increased to approximately
         $16.2 billion in 1996.  Increased  availability of rental  construction
         equipment has substantially  broadened the group of potential end-users
         for the Company's products.  Equipment rentals provide end-users having
         limited  needs  or  resources  with the  ability  to  conveniently  and
         economically  rent material  handling  equipment,  as well as necessary
         attachments.  Rental companies can fulfill significant,  but temporary,
         needs of large end-users,  supplementing  capacity during peak activity
         periods. Additionally, rental companies can rent a single unit to small
         contractors for short-term projects.

                  Growth of  Non-Construction  Applications.  Historically,  the
         primary   market  for  telescopic   material   handlers  has  been  the
         construction  market  while  the  principal  markets  for  aerial  work
         platforms have been the construction and building  maintenance markets.
         In recent  years,  however,  applications  for each  product  line have
         emerged in other markets. For example,  since 1988, telescopic material
         handlers  have been used by the Army for  munitions  handling and, more
         recently, general logistics purposes. Telescopic material handlers have
         also   experienced   increasing   acceptance  in  the   industrial  and
         agricultural markets where they are used, among other applications,  to
         transport  and  position  bulk  materials.  Aerial work  platforms  are
         increasingly used in the industrial and commercial market by automobile
         and other manufacturers, airlines and ship builders, among others.

Business Strategy

              The  Company's  strategy  is to  grow  primarily  within  selected
segments of the material  handling  and light  equipment  markets  which (i) are
growing  faster  than  the  construction  equipment  industry  generally,   (ii)
constitute core rental products for the construction  equipment rental industry,
(iii) utilize  engines of less than 130  horsepower,  and (iv) are not typically
dominated by full-line construction equipment manufacturers.

              Key elements of the Company's business strategy include:

                  Providing superior products. The Company focuses on developing
         innovative,  high  performance  products with low  life-cycle  cost. By
         introducing  unique  product  features  and  enhancements,  the Company
         believes that it increases demand for the Company's products.  Examples
         include the pioneering introduction in 1994 of a SKY TRAK model capable
         of lifting and  positioning  materials up to five stories above ground,
         the  proprietary  sliding  telescopic  booms  developed  by  one of the
         Company's wholly-owned subsidiaries, Lull International, Inc. ("Lull"),
         which permit higher precision,  horizontal  maneuvering of materials at
         various lift heights,  and the  introduction by Snorkel  International,
         Inc. ("Snorkel") of industry-leading  safety features, such as envelope
         management,  slope-level  interlocks and pothole protection.  Recently,
         the Company  introduced  its first  model of a new range of  telescopic
         material  handlers  designed to be used for  expanded  applications  in
         North America and to be  competitive  with products  currently  used in
         international markets.

                  Pursuing a multiple brand distribution  strategy.  The Company
         is  pursuing  a  strategy  of  marketing  multiple  light  construction
         equipment products with leading brand names through independently owned
         distributors and increasingly through rapidly expanding national rental
         fleets.  While these national  companies have grown  primarily  through
         acquisition of many of the Company's formerly  independent  dealers and
         rental houses,  strong  representation  of one or more of the Company's
         brands in these expanding  fleets insures broad market coverage and the
         opportunity  to leverage the sale of other  products  and/or  brands to
         these  customers.  This strategy affords the Company the opportunity to
         realize  economies  of  scale  in  providing  parts

                                       3

<PAGE>

         supply and other aftermarket services to its customers, while achieving
         similar  economies in component  purchasing and  manufacturing  for the
         Company. OmniQuip's multiple brand distribution strategy is designed to
         appeal to customers' differing price, performance and support needs.

                  Acquiring  complementary  businesses.  A key  component of the
         Company's  growth  strategy is the  identification  and  completion  of
         complementary acquisitions. The Company's acquisition of Lull in August
         1996 and Snorkel in November 1997  reflects the  Company's  strategy of
         acquiring businesses which utilize complementary  distribution channels
         or which  manufacture and market products which complement the products
         currently  manufactured  and  sold  by the  Company.  The  Company  has
         identified numerous potential acquisition  candidates in the relatively
         fragmented under-130 horsepower market segment.

                  Achieving  cost  savings  from  the  integration  of  acquired
         operations.  The  Company  believes  that  it can  realize  substantial
         additional  cost savings from the  integration of acquired  operations.
         For example,  the Company  anticipates that it can increase  purchasing
         efficiencies  for  components  and  materials,   eliminate  duplicative
         overhead  costs,  streamline  production  processes  and achieve  other
         economies of scale in areas such as parts  supply,  product  design and
         development and dealer finance.

                  Penetrating  international  markets.  While the Company is the
         largest North American  manufacturer of telescopic  material  handlers,
         its sales of such products outside North America are relatively modest.
         The Company is in the process of "globalizing" its telescopic  material
         handler products to increase their appeal in international markets. The
         Company  believes that its  acquisition of Snorkel will help it improve
         its distribution  networks outside North America by utilizing Snorkel's
         existing sales force, particularly in the Far East, and by enabling the
         Company  to  offer  a  broader   line  of  products  to   international
         distributors.

Products

              The Company designs,  manufactures and markets telescopic material
handlers and aerial work platforms as its principal  product lines. In addition,
the Company  manufactures  and distributes a variety of other material  handling
equipment  and  attachments  and offers  parts and service  with  respect to the
products it sells.

              Pro Forma (Unaudited) Net Sales By Product Category1
                                 (in thousands)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                   -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998        1997       1996         1995      1994
                                                      ----        ----       ----         ----      ----
<S>                                                   <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>       <C>
Telescopic material handlers................          $263,005  $225,778    $166,041    $121,464  $ 75,245
Aerial work platforms.......................           151,778   142,889     146,780     103,998    70,400
Other2......................................            56,762    52,486      54,237      45,047    29,362
                                                      --------  --------    --------    --------  --------
     Total..................................          $471,545  $421,345    $367,058    $270,509  $175,007

</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1)   The information in the foregoing table reflects the pro forma net sales by
      product  category of TRAK  International,  Inc.  ("TRAK"),  a wholly-owned
      subsidiary of the Company,  Lull and Snorkel for the applicable periods as
      if the acquisitions of these companies had occurred on October 1, 1993.

                                       4

<PAGE>

(2)   Includes  parts and service,  skid steer  loaders and other  miscellaneous
      equipment lines and attachments.

Telescopic Material Handlers

              Telescopic  material  handlers are rough terrain  vehicles used to
transport,  lift  and  position  materials  between  ground  locations,  between
vehicles  and to  elevations  up to five  stories in height.  This  equipment is
typically utilized in North America by residential and non-residential  building
contractors  to  handle  a wide  range of  building  materials  and  components,
including  bricks,  concrete blocks,  open-wall  panels,  roof trusses,  lumber,
drywall sheets,  structural steel and roofing materials.  In addition,  by using
one or more of the approximately 40 Company-approved  attachments, the Company's
telescopic  material  handlers can also be used in  nontraditional,  specialized
applications,  such as  steel  building  construction  or  pole  and  post  hole
drilling. Available attachments include forks and carriages,  grapples, buckets,
augers, concrete hoppers and truss booms. End-users for the Company's telescopic
material handlers  currently include the construction,  military,  agricultural,
landscaping and industrial markets.

              The  Company  currently   manufactures  15  models  of  telescopic
material handlers marketed under the SKY TRAK and LULL brand names. These models
have rated load capacities of 5,000,  6,000, 8,000 and 10,000 pounds and possess
the  capacity  to place  loads  28,  36,  37, 42 and 54 feet  above the  ground.
Suggested  list prices for these products  range from  approximately  $70,000 to
approximately $135,000 per unit.

              Each of the Company's two brands of telescopic  material  handlers
has  unique  characteristics,  which  have  contributed  to  strong  competitive
positions  in the market.  The success of the SKY TRAK brand has been built on a
reputation for strong product  performance and design innovation,  with emphasis
on design  simplicity  and  serviceability.  The LULL brand has a long tradition
associated with its patented transfer carriage technology, which facilitates the
precision  placement of palletized  loads.  LULL brand  products enjoy a premium
reputation for their ease of operation,  durability,  and high resale value. The
Company  believes  the  combination  of its  well-known  SKY TRAK and LULL brand
names,  its  ability  to offer  the  industry's  broadest  product  line and its
dual-brand distribution strategy provide OmniQuip with competitive advantages in
the telescopic material handler market.

              Since 1988,  OmniQuip has been the primary  supplier of telescopic
material  handlers to the United States military.  Such products are used by the
United  States  military  for a variety  of  logistics  requirements,  including
loading  certain  types of rocket  launchers,  loading  and  unloading  military
equipment,  and for a variety of other military  materials  handling tasks.  The
U.S.  military  exclusively used the Company's  telescopic  material handlers in
Operation  Desert  Storm.  In May 1995,  the Company  was awarded a  fixed-price
government  contract  to serve as sole  supplier  to the Army of the ATLAS,  the
latest  generation  of the  military  version  of the  Company's  rough  terrain
telescopic  material handler.  ATLAS is designed as an integral component of the
Army's logistics support strategy for its Rapid Deployment  Forces. The contract
provides for the supply of the Army's  requirements over a period of four years.
The Army has estimated that its requirements for ATLAS vehicles over this period
could range up to a maximum of 1,200 units, or a maximum  contract value of $120
million,  although the Army is not obligated to purchase any specified number of
ATLAS  vehicles.  The  contract  also  affords  the Army an  option  to order an
additional 300 units above the 1,200 unit maximum. The Company believes that the
award of the ATLAS contract also will provide additional opportunities to market
the ATLAS product  directly and through the Army to other branches of the United
States armed forces and to foreign military agencies.

Aerial Work Platforms

              Aerial work  platforms  are mobile,  versatile  units  designed to
position  workers  and  materials  easily  in  elevated  work  locations.  These
platforms  are  used  primarily  by  building  contractors

                                       5

<PAGE>

and commercial and industrial  end-users to enable workers to quickly and easily
reach  elevated  work sites and to perform tasks inside and outside of buildings
at heights up to 126 feet.  Aerial  work  platforms  compete  with  ladders  and
scaffolding,  but provide superior flexibility and improved safety features. For
example,  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  mandates  that
individuals  working  above a certain  height be tethered  to prevent  potential
accidents.  Aerial  work  platforms  allow  such  workers  to  comply  with  the
regulation while at the same time being highly mobile and efficient. The Company
manufactures  and  markets  a full line of  boom-type  telescoping  aerial  work
platforms.  The Company also manufactures and markets  scissor-type  aerial work
platforms and a limited range of truck- and trailer-mounted equipment.

              The Company  manufactures  22 models of boom-type work  platforms.
The  Company's   products  include  units  with  straight   telescoping   booms,
telescoping  booms with  articulating  jib,  units with  articulating  booms and
articulated booms with articulating jib.  Telescoping boom aerial work platforms
can place workers from 37 feet to 126 feet high. Units with  articulating  booms
and  articulating  jibs can place work  platforms  from 33 feet to 60 feet high.
List  prices  of the  Company's  boom-type  aerial  work  platforms  range  from
approximately $40,000 to $270,000.

              The  Company  also   manufactures  12  scissor-type   aerial  work
platforms. Finished-surface ("slab") scissor-type aerial work platforms can lift
workers 15 feet to 40 feet from ground to maximum platform height. Rough-terrain
scissor-type  aerial work  platforms  have a maximum range of 25 feet to 40 feet
from ground to platform  height.  The list prices of the Company's  scissor-type
aerial work platforms range from approximately $13,000 to $56,000.

Other

              Other products  manufactured  and marketed by the Company  include
(i) skid  steer  loaders  (under  the SCAT TRAK  name),  which are  compact  and
versatile  material  handling  machines  used to dig,  lift and  transport  bulk
materials,  (ii)  specialized  material  handling  equipment,  such as  crucible
transporters  (under the  ERICKSON  brand  name) and,  (iii) a limited  range of
self-propelled  power haulers and power  lifters  (under the WORKPRO brand name)
and  articulated  forklifts and loaders,  all of which are used primarily in the
masonry  industry.   In  addition,   the  Company  markets  a  limited  line  of
straightmast  forklifts and  mini-excavators.  The Company also provides product
service support to its distribution networks, and produces and sells through its
distributors  a  wide  range  of  service  parts  to  maintain  the  operational
performance  of its end  products  throughout  their useful  lives.  The sale of
service parts provides an important source of revenue and profitability, as such
sales are historically less sensitive to industry cycles and typically  generate
higher gross  margins  than sales of original  equipment.  The Company  seeks to
provide a high level of parts  availability  and timely  shipments  of orders to
maintain the production availability of its products on customer job sites.

Marketing and Distribution

              The Company sells its products to  independent  equipment  dealers
for  retail  sale  and  rental  and to  equipment  rental  companies,  including
independent  rental centers and national rental fleets,  for rental. The Company
has a multiple brand strategy in its telescopic material handler product line to
appeal to  customers'  differing  price,  performance  and support  needs.  This
strategy provides wider coverage of the available  customer base while affording
the Company the  opportunity  to realize  economies of scale in providing  parts
supply,  service,   attachments,   dealer  finance,   component  purchasing  and
manufacturing.  In addition,  current customer  consolidation  initiatives being
driven by the national  rental  companies are rapidly  increasing the overlap of
several of the Company's  products among common customers,  again increasing the
opportunity  for  economies  of scale,  particularly  in  providing  aftermarket
services.  SKY TRAK and LULL brand telescopic material handlers,  SNORKELIFT and
WILDCAT  brand  aerial  work  platforms,  and SCAT TRAK skid steer  loaders  and

                                       6

<PAGE>

WORKPRO material  handlers are marketed to a mix of independent  retail dealers,
rental centers and national rental fleets.

              Traditionally,  independent  dealers have focused their efforts on
resale of products to end-users.  In recent  years,  however,  many  independent
dealers have built their own rental  fleets to augment  their sales  activities.
Rental  centers are equipment  rental  dealers who focus  exclusively on renting
units on a daily,  weekly  or  monthly  basis to  customers  whose  needs do not
require purchase and full-time  utilization of units. National rental fleets are
large  equipment  rental  companies  which,  through   company-owned  stores  or
franchises, carry out rental activities nationwide.

              During  fiscal 1998,  the light  construction  equipment  industry
began undergoing a dramatic shift as independent  dealers and distributors  were
acquired by  fast-growing  national  rental  companies.  As the national  rental
companies  continue to purchase  more  distributors,  the  consolidation  of the
industry  will  result in fewer,  but  larger  customers.  During  fiscal  1998,
OmniQuip net sales to Rental Service  Corporation and United Rentals,  Inc. were
each greater than 10% of total net sales (after  giving  effect to  acquisitions
made by each such company).

              The Company employs a sales and service force of field and factory
based  managers  and  representatives  to support the sales,  service and rental
activities of its customers with product advertising,  sales literature, product
training and major trade show participation.  OmniQuip seeks to promote end-user
acceptance and continued satisfactory performance of its products worldwide. The
Company  pursues this goal in  cooperation  with a network of  distributors  and
rental  companies  who provide for the  maintenance  and repair of all  OmniQuip
products for end-users.  The Company  promotes a high level of customer  support
through  programs  which closely  monitor the  performance  of its products with
rental fleets and with end-users. This level of product support is maintained by
a  variety  of  programs  and  procedures,   including:  a  toll-free  technical
assistance  program;  on-site service  representative  visits;  factory training
programs;  organization of product  assessment teams  facilitated by the service
department;  and continuing  interaction among  distributors,  rental companies,
end-users and major vendors for failure  analysis of products both in and out of
warranty.

              International sales represented  approximately 12%, 10% and 11% of
pro  forma  consolidated  net  sales,  including  the  acquisitions  of Lull and
Snorkel,  for the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1996,  1997  and  1998,
respectively.   All  of  the   Company's   products   are   primarily   marketed
internationally through dealers and rental companies,  with the exception of the
LULL brand of telescopic  material handlers,  which is marketed  internationally
primarily  through an  exclusive  distribution  agreement  with a single  United
States  exporter.  Most of Snorkel's  international  sales for such periods were
made through Snorkel's  Australian  subsidiary to Australian and other customers
principally located in the Far East.

Financing

              The  Company   supports  its  independent   dealers  in  obtaining
conventional  floor plan  financing and rental fleet  financing to assist in the
purchase of its products.  Under these  financing  arrangements,  dealers borrow
money from  independent  lenders on a secured basis for up to five years.  Where
dealer  financing  is provided  directly  by  independent  lenders,  the Company
assists the  financing  by providing  the  independent  lenders  either a backup
guarantee of a dealer's credit or an undertaking to repurchase used equipment at
a   discounted   price  to  market  at  specified   times  or  under   specified
circumstances.

              At   September   30,   1998,   approximately   $62.4   million  of
Company-assisted  floor  plan  and  rental  fleet  financing  arrangements  were
outstanding on a consolidated  basis.  The Company's actual exposure under these
financing   arrangements   is   significantly   less  than  the  nominal  amount
outstanding. 

                                       7

<PAGE>

Aggregate losses under substantially all of the Company's guarantee  obligations
to third party lenders with respect to the Company's dealers in each of calendar
years 1997 and 1998 are limited to the greater of $1.5 million or 5% of the loan
balance at the previous calendar year end (approximately $47.2 million and $55.0
million  at  December  31,  1996 and 1997,  respectively).  To the  extent  that
independent  lenders  providing  financing for the Company's dealers do not have
(or  do  not  exercise)   direct  recourse  against  the  Company  under  backup
guarantees,  the Company is committed to perform its  repurchase  undertaking to
reacquire  equipment  sold to a defaulting  dealer at a purchase  price equal to
amounts due the independent  lender.  The Company's  actual exposure under these
repurchase  arrangements  is reduced by underlying  equipment  values as well as
careful  portfolio  management,  by both the  Company  and its  lenders.  At the
present time, an active  resale market exists for such  equipment.  At September
30, 1998, past due principal and interest as a percentage of the total portfolio
on a pro forma  consolidated  basis was less than  one-half of one percent.  The
Company's loss experience in recent years has been insignificant.

Manufacturing and Raw Materials

              The Company fabricates, welds, machines and assembles the chassis,
telescopic  booms,  attachments  and many  component  parts  for its  telescopic
material  handlers and aerial work platforms.  During the past three years,  the
Company  has  made  significant   capital  investments  in  its  principal  Port
Washington,  Wisconsin  facility to implement robotic welding and a five-station
wash,  automatic prime and finish coat paint system and to complete a 25,000 sq.
ft.  plant  addition.  In its St.  Paul,  Minnesota  facility,  the  Company has
invested  in  machining  centers  and  numerically  controlled  plasma  punching
capability.   These  investments,   along  with  numerous  projects  to  improve
production  flow  and  material  handling,  have  provided  the  foundation  for
continuing productivity improvements.

              Recent strong demand for telescopic  material  handlers has pushed
the limits of the Company's  manufacturing  capacity.  As a result, in September
1998, the Company launched a two-year, $20 million capacity expansion program to
expand telescopic material handler capacity and improve production  efficiencies
by moving to focused  factories and lean  manufacturing  processes.  The Company
believes that these  integrated  manufacturing  approaches will shorten the lead
time to deliver superior,  lower cost products through the elimination of waste.
A key element of this  program  will be the  consolidation  of SKY TRAK and LULL
telescopic boom production into a dedicated  150,000 square foot leased facility
in Port  Washington.  Other important  elements of this program are expansion of
the light fabrication facility in Oakes, North Dakota and the main LULL facility
in St. Paul as well as re-layout of the main Port Washington facility,  which is
now  dedicated  to SKY TRAK  production.  The  objective of the new and expanded
facilities is to create focused  factories that concentrate on specific elements
of the manufacturing  process such as light fabrication,  boom manufacturing and
LULL and SKY TRAK vehicle  fabrication  and  assembly.  It is expected that this
program will result in  significant  increases in  telescopic  material  handler
capacity.  It is expected that fiscal year 1999 capital spending related to this
capacity  expansion program will be approximately $16 million with the remaining
$4 million to be spent in fiscal year 2000.

              As part of this  strategy  of focused  factories,  in fiscal  year
1998, assembly of skid steer loaders was relocated from the main Port Washington
factory to a separate dedicated facility. In addition, key fabrications for skid
steer loaders,  which were also being made in the main Port Washington facility,
have been outsourced.

              In early 1995, the Company completed  registration  under ISO 9001
of its Port Washington, Wisconsin quality systems, becoming the first telescopic
material handler  manufacturer in North America to achieve this recognition.  In
early 1998, Snorkel completed registration under ISO 9001 for its Elwood, Kansas
facilities.  Registration  under  ISO  9001  represents  the  achievement  of an
internationally  recognized  standard of quality systems  implementation  and is
important for  competing in 

                                       8

<PAGE>

markets with ISO requirements,  such as Europe.  In addition,  the United States
Department  of Defense has  mandated  the use of ISO 9001 for new  procurements,
including the ATLAS contract.  The Company expects to implement  similar quality
system standards in its other facilities.

              The Company is pursuing opportunities to reduce costs of purchased
components  primarily  by  developing  strategic  sourcing  alliances  with  key
suppliers.  As part of this program, the Company will consolidate vendor sources
and enter into  long-term  agreements,  typically  five years or more,  with the
suppliers  that are  selected.  Agreements  have been reached with  suppliers of
axles and  transmissions  and  others are in the  process  of being  negotiated.
Potential annual savings from these alliances are expected to be in the range of
$10-15 million.

              The  principal  raw   materials   and   components   used  in  the
manufacturing  of  the  Company's   products  are  steel,   aluminum,   engines,
transmissions,  axles, hydraulic systems, wheels and tires and cabs. The Company
procures its raw materials and components from multiple vendors, although in the
case of  particular  models it typically  purchases  certain  components  from a
single  vendor.  Although  alternative  suppliers  are  available  for  all  raw
materials  and  components,  the Company  could  experience  delays in obtaining
components meeting the requisite  specifications  from alternative  suppliers in
the event a principal supplier was unable to supply a particular  component.  In
the case of the ATLAS  product  supplied  to the Army,  the  governing  contract
specifies   precisely  the  source  of  key  component  parts  utilized  in  the
manufacture of the ATLAS product. In the event of unavailability of any of these
key  components,  the Company could be precluded from  completing  production of
ATLAS products in a timely fashion unless the Army agreed to  substitution of an
alternative component. The Company seeks to manage the risk of unavailability of
key components and raw materials by dealing only with  substantial,  financially
responsible  vendors and managing  closely its material  requirements as well as
its vendor  relationships.  To date, the Company has not  experienced a material
delay in obtaining a satisfactory supply of key components from vendors.

Product Development and Engineering

              The Company maintains an active program of product development and
engineering  activities  designed to upgrade  existing product lines and develop
new products.  The Company employs approximately 76 employees with experience in
the design of products. On a pro forma basis, including the acquisitions of Lull
and Snorkel,  for the fiscal years ended  September 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, the
Company  spent  approximately  $5.2  million,  $5.8  million,  and $7.7 million,
respectively, on product development and engineering activities. Since 1987, the
Company has  invested in the computer  systems and  training of its  engineering
staff to support  the  increasing  use of  computer-aided  design.  To  decrease
product  development  time,  reduce  product  development  cost, and improve the
quality of its new  products,  the  Company has  further  invested to  implement
finite  element  analysis  capability,   three-dimensional   solid  design,  and
concurrent  engineering.  The  Company's  product  development  and  engineering
efforts during future periods are expected to emphasize  continued  product line
expansion,  design  modifications  to expand  the  worldwide  acceptance  of its
products,  and the expanded  sourcing of  attachments  to improve access to more
end-user markets.

Warranty and Service

              OmniQuip  products  are  warranted  for  design,  workmanship  and
material  quality.  Warranty  lengths vary  depending on  competitive  standards
within individual  markets.  In general,  warranties tend to be for one year and
cover all parts and labor for non-maintenance  repairs,  provided the repair was
not necessitated by operator abuse.  Optional  extended  warranties,  beyond the
base period,  are  available for  purchase.  Warranty work is performed  only by
authorized  distributors.  Distributors submit claims for warranty reimbursement
to the Company and are  credited  for the cost of repairs so long as the repairs
meet prescribed standards.

                                       9

<PAGE>

Trademarks and Patents

              The Company owns and maintains U.S.  trademark  registrations  for
all of its principal trademarks.  The Company owns or otherwise has the right to
use  these  trademarks  in other  countries  where a  significant  volume of its
products  are sold  and  where  such  ownership  or  right to use is  considered
necessary to protect the Company's proprietary rights.

              The Company applies for and maintains patents in the United States
and elsewhere where the Company  believes such patents are necessary to maintain
the Company's  interest in its inventions.  Currently,  the Company  possesses a
patent on  three-stage  telescopic  booms used in the LULL  brand of  telescopic
material  handlers,  which  expires in 2007.  The Company  believes  this patent
provides  it with a  competitive  advantage  in selected  markets,  but does not
believe that the expiration of this patent would have a material  adverse effect
upon its business or ability to compete.

Competition

              The markets for the Company's products are highly competitive. The
principal  competitive  factors include  distribution,  price,  design features,
performance, product reliability and the availability of financing.

              In the market for telescopic material handlers, the Company is the
largest  North  American  manufacturer,  with an estimated  share of fiscal 1998
shipments  of  telescopic  material  handlers  of  approximately  31%,  and  its
principal  competitors  include Gradall  Industries,  Inc. and JCB International
Co.,  Ltd.  Other   competitors  in  the  North  American  market  include  Case
Corporation,  Caterpillar Inc., Gehl Company,  Ingersoll-Rand  Company,  Manitou
S.A.,  Pettibone  Corporation  and  Traverse  Lift.  Competitors  in this market
outside  the  United  States  include   Caterpillar   Inc.,   FDI/Sambron,   JCB
International Co., Ltd., Manitou S.A. and Merlo S.p.A. The largest  manufacturer
of aerial work platforms is JLG  Industries,  Inc. Other  principal  competitors
include Genie Industries,  Grove Worldwide,  Skyjack Inc., Terex Corporation and
UpRight, Inc.

              Many of the Company's  competitors are larger than the Company and
possess  significantly  greater  financial,  marketing and technical  resources.
There can be no  assurance  that the  Company  will not  experience  significant
competition in the future from large global construction equipment manufacturers
and other  competitors or that existing  competitors will not take actions which
could adversely affect the Company's operating results.

Environmental and Safety Regulation

              OmniQuip  is  subject  to  federal,   state,   local  and  foreign
environmental  laws and regulations that impose  limitations on the discharge of
pollutants  into the  environment  and establish  standards  for the  treatment,
storage and disposal of toxic and hazardous wastes.  The Company is also subject
to the Occupational  Safety and Health Act and similar state,  local and foreign
statutes.  The Company believes it is in material compliance with all applicable
environmental  laws and  regulations.  The Company  does not expect any material
impact on future recurring  operating costs of compliance with currently enacted
environmental regulations.

              Under  federal,  state  and  local  laws,  including  the  federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, a current
owner or operator of real  property may be held liable for the costs of cleaning
up certain  hazardous  materials on the  property.  Similarly,  persons who have
arranged for the disposal of hazardous  materials on  properties  owned by third
parties may be held liable for cleanup costs for such properties.  In each case,
liability  may be imposed  without  regard to whether the person knew of or took
reasonable acts to prevent the contamination. Liability under such

                                       10

<PAGE>

laws is often  joint and  several,  that is,  any  single  liable  person may be
required to bear the entire  costs of the  environmental  cleanup.  That person,
however,  may usually seek contribution from other responsible persons, if there
are any;  and it is typical  for  groups of  responsible  parties  to  apportion
liability among themselves.

              The  Company  regularly   conducts  an  environmental   assessment
consistent  with  recognized  standards  of  due  diligence  on  properties  and
businesses  which it acquires.  To date,  these  assessments have not identified
contamination in respect of acquired  properties that would be reasonably likely
to result in a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  results of
operations or financial condition. As a general rule, the Company intends to use
such  assessments as part of the evaluation of proposed  acquisitions.  However,
there can be no assurance that  environmental  assessments have  identified,  or
will in the future identify,  all material liabilities relating to the Company's
properties  and  businesses,  that any  indemnification  agreements  that can be
negotiated  will cover all  potential  liabilities,  or that  changes in cleanup
requirements  or subsequent  events at the  Company's  properties or at off-site
locations will not result in significant costs to the Company.

Product Recall

              From time to time, the Company discovers defects in product design
for existing products which require it to take steps to correct or retrofit,  at
the Company's expense, previously sold products. During the year ended September
30,  1998,  the  Company  identified  a defect in its LULL  brand of  telescopic
material handlers and established reserves of approximately $1.4 million for the
cost of retrofitting such telescopic material handlers. It is expected that this
retrofit program will be substantially  complete by the end of fiscal year 1999.
There can be no  assurance,  however,  that the  ultimate  cost of the  retrofit
program  will not exceed the amount of  reserves  established  by the Company or
that the retrofit program will not adversely affect the Company's reputation and
result in a decline in sales of the Company's products.

              In connection with the acquisition of Snorkel, the Company assumed
responsibility   for  a  recall  program  involving   HUNTERLIFT  scissor  lifts
manufactured  by Snorkel  between  1979 and 1992.  The recall was  prompted by a
compliance  issue with certain  voluntary  industry  standards.  The Company has
established a reserve in  connection  with the recall  program.  There can be no
assurance,  however,  that the ultimate cost of the  HUNTERLIFT  recall will not
exceed the amount of reserves established by the Company or that the recall will
not adversely  affect the Company's  reputation and result in a decline in sales
of the Company's products.  In connection with the assumption of the recall, the
Company has assumed  responsibility  for a lawsuit  relating to the recall.  The
lawsuit  currently  includes  approximately 25 plaintiffs and alleges damages in
connection with the recall.  The Company is defending the lawsuit vigorously.

Employees

              At September 30, 1998, the Company  employed  approximately  1,750
persons. Approximately 330 employees at the Company's Port Washington, Wisconsin
facility  are  covered  under  a  collective   bargaining   agreement  with  the
International  Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, which expires in
November 2003.  This is the only  collective  bargaining  agreement to which the
Company is a party.  Substantially all of the approximately 280 employees at the
Company's St. Paul, Minnesota facility and the approximately 75 employees of the
Company's  Oakes,  North  Dakota  facility  are  employed  pursuant  to a  lease
arrangement with CBM Industries,  Inc., d/b/a RJ Associates.  Under the terms of
such agreement,  RJ Associates (which is not an affiliate of the Company) leases
employees  to the Company and pays the  employees'  salaries and  benefits.  The
Company in turn pays RJ Associates a management fee and reimburses RJ Associates
for the  employees'  salaries and  benefits.  The agreement can be terminated by
either  party upon short  notice.  The Company is  obligated  to hire the leased
employees if the Company terminates the arrangement but continues conducting the
operations in which the employees are engaged.  The Company does not  anticipate
any material  

                                       11

<PAGE>

disruption in its business in the event of a termination of this agreement.  The
Company has not  experienced  any work  stoppage  during the past five years and
considers its relations with employees to be good.

Item 2. Properties

              The  Company's   headquarters  are  located  in  Port  Washington,
Wisconsin,  and the Company  maintains  manufacturing  facilities  in Minnesota,
North Dakota,  Kansas, and New Zealand.  Set forth below is certain  information
with respect to the Company's manufacturing and warehouse facilities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   Square
                                   Footage         Owned/
          Location              (Approximate)      Leased                        Activities/Products
- ----------------------------- ------------------ ----------- ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                           <C>                <C>         <C>    
Port Washington, Wisconsin         150,000       Owned       Telescopic material handlers; research and development
Port Washington, Wisconsin         165,000       Leased(1)   Boom fabrication and assembly; office and storage
Port Washington, Wisconsin         45,000        Leased(2)   Skid steer loader assembly
St. Paul, Minnesota                100,000       Owned       Telescopic material handlers; research and development
Eagan, Minnesota                   40,000        Leased(3)   Parts warehouse; office space
Oakes, North Dakota                30,000        Leased(4)   Miscellaneous products and component parts
Elwood, Kansas                     77,000        Owned       Aerial work platform assembly
Elwood, Kansas                     182,000       Leased(5)   Aerial work platform fabrication
Wathena, Kansas                    50,000        Leased(6)   Aerial work platform assembly
Levin, New Zealand                 15,000        Leased(7)   Aerial work platforms

</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1)   The lease is on a month-to-month basis.
(2)   The initial term of the lease  expires on July 14,  2002.  The Company has
      two options to renew the lease for successive three-year terms.
(3)   The initial term of the lease expires on October 1, 2004.  The Company has
      the option to renew the lease for two additional five-year terms.
(4)   The  initial  term of the lease  expires  on April 1,  2000 (the  "Initial
      Term"). Upon expiration of the Initial Term, the Company has the option to
      purchase the facility or to extend the lease for an  additional  30 months
      (the "Extended  Term").  If the Company  chooses to extend the lease term,
      lease payments during the Extended Term will be applied to the purchase of
      the facility.
(5)   The initial term of the lease expires on February 1, 1999. The Company has
      the option to renew the lease for three additional terms of five years.
(6)   The lease expires on June 30, 2002.
(7)   The lease expires on November 17, 2007.

              The Company also maintains other leased office and warehouse space
in Port Washington,  Wisconsin,  St. Joseph,  Missouri,  Wootton Bassett, United
Kingdom, Sydney and Melbourne,  Australia and Auckland, New Zealand. The Company
anticipates no significant difficulty in leasing alternative space at reasonable
rates in the event of the  expiration,  cancellation  or  termination of a lease
relating  to  any  of  the  Company's   material  leased   properties.   Certain
manufacturing  facilities  have  experienced  capacity  constraints  which  have
limited production output and have caused  manufacturing  inefficiencies  during
fiscal 1998. It is expected  that these  capacity  constraints  will continue to
affect the material  

                                       12

<PAGE>

handling  business in fiscal  1999.  The Company is  addressing  these  capacity
constraints  through the capacity  expansion program described in Item 7 of this
Report under "Capital Resources and Liquidity."

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

              Product  liability and personal injury claims are asserted against
the Company from time to time for various injuries alleged to have resulted from
defects in the  manufacture  and/or  design of the Company's  products.  Product
liability and personal injury claims are covered by the Company's  comprehensive
general liability insurance policies,  subject to certain deductible amounts and
maximum coverage limits.  The Company has reserves for such deductible  amounts,
which it  believes  to be  adequate  based on its  previous  claims  experience.
However,  there can be no assurance  that  resolution  of product  liability and
personal injury claims in the future will not have a material  adverse effect on
the Company.

              In addition to product liability and personal injury claims,  from
time to time, the Company is the subject of legal proceedings,  including claims
involving employee matters,  commercial matters and similar claims. There are no
such claims  currently  pending which the Company  believes to be material.  The
Company maintains comprehensive general liability insurance which it believes to
be adequate for the continued operation of its business.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

              None.

                                     PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters

              The Company's common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market
under the symbol  "OMQP." As of December 18, 1998,  there were 201 record owners
of the Company's  Common Stock.  The following table sets forth,  for the fiscal
quarters  indicated,  the high and low bid prices for the Company's Common Stock
as reported by the Nasdaq  National Market since March 21, 1997, the day trading
commenced and dividends declared per share for the periods indicated.

                                                                      Dividends
                                                   High       Low     Per Share
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fiscal 1997
- -----------
  Second quarter (beginning March  21, 1997)     $14 5/8    $14 1/4       --
  Third quarter                                   24 1/4     11 7/8       --
  Fourth quarter                                  25 3/8     18 1/8    $0.01

Fiscal 1998
- -----------
  First quarter                                  $21 1/4    $15 1/2    $0.01
  Second quarter                                  26 5/8     19 1/2     0.01
  Third quarter                                   25 3/4     17 1/4     0.01
  Fourth quarter                                  19 1/4      9         0.01


                                       13

<PAGE>

Item 6.  Selected Consolidated Financial Data

         The following table sets forth consolidated financial data derived from
the consolidated financial statements of the Company or TRAK, as the predecessor
to the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Company                           Predecessor(1)
                                          ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Fiscal Year Ended           Aug. 17, 1995   Oct. 1, 1994    Fiscal Year Ended
                                                 September 30,                through        through          September 30,
                                          -------------------------------- Sept. 30, 1995  Aug. 16, 1995           1994
                                          1998 (2)  1997 (3)   1996 (4)      
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- ----------------------
                                                         (dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                       <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>                <C>
Statement of Operations Data:

Net sales...........................      $455,653  $264,213     $124,861     $  12,723     $ 75,401           $60,973
Cost of sales.......................       349,584   192,270       92,688         9,787       57,707            47,208
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------
Gross profit........................       106,069    71,943       32,173         2,936       17,694            13,765
Selling, general and administrative         47,365    27,717       16,311         1,670       10,903             9,502
expenses............................
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------
Operating income ...................        58,704    44,226       15,862         1,266        6,791             4,263
Interest expense....................        10,261     6,106        3,434           353        1,379             1,363
Other finance charges...............         2,553     2,182        2,012           269        1,121               699
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------
Income before income taxes..........        45,890    35,938       10,416           644        4,291             2,201
Provision  for income taxes.........        18,547    14,556        4,060           262        1,762               876
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------
Income  before extraordinary item and
change in accounting principles.....        27,343    21,382        6,356           382        2,529             1,325
Extraordinary item, net(5)..........         (545)     (782)        (314)           ---          ---               ---
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principles...............           ---       ---          ---           ---         (241)(6)           ---
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------
Net income..........................      $ 26,798  $ 20,600      $ 6,042      $    382      $ 2,288           $ 1,325
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------------------- -----------------

Basic Earnings Per Share: (7)(8)

     Income before extraordinary item       $ 1.92    $ 1.66       $ 0.56        $ 0.03
     Extraordinary item(5)..........        (0.04)    (0.06)       (0.03)           ---
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------
     Net income.....................        $ 1.88    $ 1.60       $ 0.53        $ 0.03
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------
Diluted Earnings Per Share: (7)(8)

     Income before extraordinary item       $ 1.90    $ 1.66       $ 0.56        $ 0.03
     Extraordinary item(5)..........        (0.04)    (0.06)       (0.03)           ---
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------
     Net income.....................        $ 1.86    $ 1.60       $ 0.53        $ 0.03
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------
Dividends Per Share ................        $ 0.04    $ 0.01       $ 0.00        $ 0.00
                                          --------- --------- ------------ -------------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Company                            Predecessor (1)
                                           ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                                           As of September 30,                    As of September 30,
                                           ----------------------------------------------------  ----------------------
                                            1998 (2)     1997 (3)     1996 (4)      1995 (9)           1994 (9)
                                           -----------  -----------  ------------ -------------  ----------------------
                                                                     (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>                     <C>
Balance Data Sheet:

Working capital                              $ 58,892     $ 14,402      $ 13,393       $10,699                 $   260
Total assets........................          316,462      144,298       139,580        48,332                  28,651
Short-term debt.....................           13,750        8,625         3,875           540                   9,436
Long-term debt......................          124,250       25,609        84,566        23,781                   2,966
Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock            ---          ---           ---           ---                   3,262
Stockholders' equity................           94,969       70,398(10)    12,425(10)     6,383                   1,783

</TABLE>

                                       14

<PAGE>

- -----------------
(1)  The Company was  organized in 1995 for the purpose of acquiring  TRAK,  the
     predecessor company.
(2)  Amounts as of and for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1998 reflect the
     acquisition of Snorkel on November 17, 1997.
(3)  Amounts as of and for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1997 reflect the
     effects of the Company's  initial public offering of common shares on March
     20, 1997.
(4)  Amounts as of and for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1996 reflect the
     acquisition of Lull on August 15, 1996.
(5)  Amount in fiscal year 1998  reflects  the  write-off  of  deferred  finance
     charges,  net of $371 of  income  tax  benefits,  in  connection  with  the
     refinancing  of debt.  Amount in fiscal  1997  reflects  the  write-off  of
     deferred finance charges, net of $521 of income tax benefits, in connection
     with the  refinancing  of debt.  Amount in fiscal  year 1996  reflects  the
     write-off of deferred finance charges,  net of $200 of income tax benefits,
     in connection with the refinancing of debt.
(6)  In October 1994, TRAK adopted Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards,
     No. 106,  "Employer's  Accounting  for  Postretirement  Benefits Other Than
     Pensions"  (SFAS 106).  The  cumulative  effect of adopting SFAS 106 was to
     record a charge of $241, net of income tax benefits.
(7)  Basic and diluted  earnings per share is based on  weighted-average  shares
     outstanding of 14,261,000 and 14,392,000, respectively, for the fiscal year
     ended September 30, 1998, 12,845,000 and 12,905,000,  respectively, for the
     fiscal year ended September 30, 1997 and 11,250,000 in 1996 and 1995.
(8)  Given  the  historical  organization  and  capital  structure  of TRAK,  as
     predecessor  to  the  Company,   earnings  per  share  information  is  not
     considered meaningful for the predecessor.
(9)  The changes in the balances as of September  30, 1995 versus  September 30,
     1994 primarily reflect the acquisition of TRAK by the Company on August 16,
     1995 and the related financing thereof.
(10) The  change  in  stockholders'  equity  as of  September  30,  1997  versus
     September 30, 1996 includes $37,516 of proceeds from the Company's  initial
     public offering of common stock which was completed in March 1997.

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations

Overview

              The Company was formed for the purpose of acquiring TRAK in August
1995.  Subsequent thereto, the Company completed the acquisition of the business
of Lull in August 1996 and Snorkel in November  1997. Set forth below is certain
information with respect to these acquisitions:

Acquisition  Date of Acquisition  Business                          Year Founded
- -----------  -------------------  --------                          ------------
TRAK             August 1995      Manufacturer of telescopic material    1954
                                  handlers and skid steer loaders
Lull             August 1996      Manufacturer of telescopic material    1956
                                  handlers
Snorkel          November 1997    Manufacturer of aerial work platforms  1959

                                       15

<PAGE>

              The Company  accounted  for each of these  acquisitions  under the
purchase  method  of  accounting,  with  the  purchase  price  allocated  to the
estimated fair market value of the assets acquired and the liabilities  assumed.
The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair market value of the net
assets  acquired  has been  allocated to  goodwill,  resulting in  approximately
$120.7  million of goodwill at September  30,  1998.  The  amortization  of such
goodwill  over 40 years  will  result  in an  annual  noncash  charge  to future
operations of approximately $3.1 million.

              On November 17, 1997,  the Company  completed the  acquisition  of
substantially  all of the  assets of  Snorkel.  The  purchase  price paid by the
Company for Snorkel was $100 million in cash at closing plus the  assumption  of
certain  liabilities.  The funds were  obtained  by the  Company  pursuant  to a
secured credit facility which replaced the Company's  existing credit  facility.
The Company is also  required to pay an additional  purchase  price of up to $50
million.  Any additional payment will be equal to the amount of the net sales of
Snorkel for the  twelve-month  period  commencing on April 1, 1998 and ending on
March  31,  1999  (the  "Earn-Out  Period")  in  excess  of $140  million,  such
additional  amount not to exceed $20 million,  plus 70% of the amount of the net
sales of Snorkel  during the  Earn-Out  Period in excess of $160  million,  such
additional amount not to exceed $30 million.  The acquisition has been accounted
for under the purchase  method of accounting  with the excess of purchase  price
over the estimated fair value of net assets acquired  recorded as goodwill.  Any
additional  purchase  price  determined  as  described  above is  expected to be
recorded as additional goodwill when such amounts are determined.

              The Company operates in a single industry  segment.  The Company's
principal  products  consist of material  handling  and  construction  equipment
utilizing  engines of less than 130 horsepower.  In addition to specific factors
affecting  the  Company's  results of  operations  as discussed  below,  certain
factors  typically  recur from period to period.  For example,  cost of sales is
driven to a large extent by the cost of purchased  components and raw materials,
which typically comprise 80% of the total cost of sales. Other factors affecting
cost of sales  are  production  volume  and the  resultant  leveraging  of fixed
overhead,  as well as  productivity  of the labor force.  In addition,  selling,
general  and   administrative   ("SG&A")   expenses  include  costs  related  to
developing,   marketing  and  selling  the  Company's   products,   as  well  as
infrastructure  costs for management and systems.  While certain SG&A costs vary
with the level of net sales,  many are relatively  fixed over fairly wide ranges
of unit volume. It is the Company's strategy to invest in infrastructure  costs,
in many cases in advance of increased sales.

              The Company  sells its  products to  national  rental  centers for
rental and to  independent  equipment  dealers for sale and rental.  The Company
supports its independent equipment dealers in obtaining conventional  floor-plan
and rental fleet financing to assist in the purchase of its products. Under such
financing  arrangements,  dealers  borrow  money from  independent  lenders on a
secured basis for up to five years.  The Company  assists with such financing by
providing the  independent  lenders  additional  guarantees  or other  financial
support with respect to the  obligations  of its dealers.  In  conjunction  with
these  floor-plan  arrangements,  the Company also  provides  certain  financing
benefits to its dealers to support both retail and rental purchases.  Such costs
are accounted for as other finance charges and approximated  $2.0 million,  $2.3
million and $2.6  million for the Company for the fiscal  years ended  September
30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

              Certain   manufacturing   facilities  have  experienced   capacity
constraints which have limited  production output and have caused  manufacturing
inefficiencies  during the last nine months affecting sales and gross margins. A
major capacity  expansion  program,  which was launched in September 1998 and is
described in more detail under "Capital Resources and Liquidity," is expected to
address these issues.  However,  it is expected that these capacity  constraints
will continue to affect the material handling business in fiscal 1999.

              The  following  discussion   summarizes  the  significant  factors
affecting the  consolidated  operating  results and  financial  condition of the
Company  for the year  ended  September  30,  1998  compared  to the year  ended
September  30, 1997,  and the year ended  September  30, 1997 as compared

                                       16

<PAGE>

to the  year  ended  September  30,  1996.  The  discussion  should  be  read in
conjunction with the consolidated  financial statements referenced in Item 14(1)
herein.

Sales

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                        1998            1997             1996
                                                   --------------- ---------------  ---------------
   <S>                                             <C>             <C>              <C>
   Commercial telescopic material handlers               $242,033        $221,269         $ 96,174
   Military telescopic material handlers                   20,972           4,510              675
   Compact products (1)                                    23,803          22,327           20,674
   Aerial work platforms                                  137,550             ---              ---
   Parts and other products                                31,295          16,107            7,338
                                                   --------------- ---------------  ---------------
                                                         $455,653        $264,213         $124,861
                                                   --------------- ---------------  ---------------
</TABLE>

(1)  Compact  products  includes  skid  steer  loaders,  mini-excavators,  power
     haulers and power lifters and articulated forklifts and loaders.

Results of Operations

              The following  table sets forth for the fiscal years indicated the
percentage of net sales  represented by certain items reflected in the Company's
consolidated statement of income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                         1998            1997             1996
                                                    --------------- ---------------  ---------------
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>              <C>
Net sales...................................               100.0%          100.0%           100.0%
Cost of sales...............................                76.7%           72.8%            74.2%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
Gross profit................................                23.3%           27.2%            25.8%
Selling, general and administrative expenses                10.4%           10.5%            13.1%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
Operating income............................                12.9%           16.7%            12.7%
Interest expense............................                 2.2%            2.3%             2.8%
Other finance charges.......................                 0.6%            0.8%             1.6%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and extraordinary                10.1%           13.6%             8.3%
item........................................
Provision for income taxes..................                 4.1%            5.5%             3.2%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
Income before extraordinary item............                 6.0%            8.1%             5.1%
Extraordinary item..........................                -0.1%           -0.3%            -0.3%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------
Net income..................................                 5.9%            7.8%             4.8%
                                                   -------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1998 Compared to Fiscal
Year Ended September 30, 1997

              Net sales for fiscal year 1998 were $455.7 million, an increase of
$191.4  million over net sales of $264.2 million for fiscal year 1997. Net sales
from Snorkel, acquired on November 17, 1997, accounted for $150.5 million of the
$191.4  million  increase,  while net sales for the existing  OmniQuip  business
increased by $40.9 million, or 15.5%.

               Commercial sales of telescopic  material handlers for fiscal year
1998 were $242.0  million,  an increase of $20.8 million,  or 9.4%,  over fiscal
year  1997  reflecting  continued  strong  market  growth  partially  offset  by
constraints on manufacturing output due to capacity limitations.  Military sales
were $21.0 million for fiscal 1998 compared to $4.5 million for fiscal 1997 as a
result of increased  production  

                                       17

<PAGE>

under the U.S. Army ATLAS  contract.  Sales of compact  products for fiscal year
1998 were $23.8 million,  up $1.5 million, or 6.6%, compared to fiscal year 1997
due to the  introduction of a new line of  mini-excavators  in the second fiscal
quarter.  Sales of parts and other  products  for  fiscal  year 1998 were  $31.3
million,  an increase of $15.2  million,  or 94%,  over the 1997 period.  Of the
$15.2 million increase in parts and other products,  $12.9 million resulted from
the  acquisition of Snorkel and the remaining $2.2 million  reflected  increased
demand  for parts  driven by the  increased  population  of TRAK and Lull  units
operating in the field.

              Gross profit for fiscal year 1998 was $106.1 million,  an increase
of $34.2  million over gross profit of $71.9  million for fiscal year 1997.  The
increase in gross profit primarily reflected the increase in net sales discussed
above.  The gross margin  decreased to 23.3% for fiscal year 1998 from 27.2% for
fiscal year 1997. The decline in gross margin was due to the addition of Snorkel
sales at significantly  lower gross margin than existing OmniQuip sales, and, to
a lesser extent, increased mix of lower margin military sales. Also contributing
to the margin  decline  were  manufacturing  inefficiencies  related to capacity
constraints and unsuccessful  union organizing  activities  during the middle of
fiscal  1998,  higher  costs  related  to the new  Millennia  series  telescopic
material handler and higher volume discounts  reflecting  increased sales to the
large national rental companies. It is anticipated that the increased proportion
of sales to large national  rental  companies,  including the associated  volume
discounts, will continue in the foreseeable future.

              Selling,  general and administrative  ("SG&A") expenses for fiscal
year 1998 were $47.4 million, an increase of $19.6 million over SG&A expenses of
$27.7 million for fiscal year 1997. Of the $19.6 million increase, $14.9 million
resulted from the  acquisition of Snorkel.  The remainder was a result of higher
research and development  expenses and increased SG&A expenses to support higher
levels of sales.  SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales  declined  slightly
from 10.4% for fiscal year 1998 compared to 10.5% for fiscal year 1997.

              Operating  income  for  fiscal  year  1998 was $58.7  million,  an
increase of $14.5 million,  or 32.7%, over operating income of $44.2 million for
fiscal year 1997 due to the factors discussed above.  Operating margin decreased
to 12.9% for fiscal  year 1998 from 16.7% for fiscal  year 1997.  The decline in
operating margin reflected the factors described above.

              Interest  expense  for  fiscal  year  1998 was $10.3  million,  an
increase of $4.2 million over  interest  expense of $6.1 million for fiscal year
1997.  The increase in interest  expense was due to additional  debt incurred to
finance the November 1997  acquisition  of Snorkel  partially  offset by a lower
average interest rate.

              Other  finance   charges,   which  are   primarily   comprised  of
dealer-related  finance charges, were $2.6 million for fiscal year 1998 compared
to $2.2  million  for fiscal  year 1997.  The  increase  in finance  charges was
related to increased  financing  activity at TRAK and Lull  primarily  resulting
from increased sales volume.  Other finance charges as a percentage of net sales
decreased from 0.8% to 0.6%. The reduction in finance charges as a percentage of
sales primarily  reflected the fact that, until recently,  Lull and Snorkel have
not historically incurred such charges.

              Provision  for income taxes for fiscal year 1998 was $18.5 million
compared to $14.6  million  for fiscal year 1997.  The  increase  reflected  the
increase in income before income taxes of $10.0 million. The Company's effective
tax rate was 40.4% for fiscal year 1998 compared to 40.5% for fiscal year 1997.

              Income from  continuing  operations for fiscal year 1998 was $27.3
million,  an increase of $5.9 million over income from continuing  operations of
$21.4 million for fiscal year 1997, as a result of the factors described above.

                                       18

<PAGE>

              In November 1997, in connection  with the  refinancing  related to
the Snorkel  acquisition,  the Company incurred an extraordinary  charge of $0.5
million,  net of $0.4  million  of income tax  benefits,  for the  write-off  of
deferred financing charges. In March 1997, in connection with its initial public
offering and the  application of the proceeds  therefrom to repay  indebtedness,
the  Company  incurred  an  extraordinary  charge of $0.8  million,  net of $0.5
million of income tax benefits,  related to pre-payment  penalties and write-off
of deferred financing charges.

              Net income for fiscal year 1998 was $26.8 million,  an increase of
$6.2 million from net income of $20.6  million for fiscal year 1997, as a result
of the factors described above.

              Basic and  diluted  earnings  per share,  before the effect of the
extraordinary  item discussed  above,  were $1.92 and $1.90,  respectively,  for
fiscal year 1998. Basic and diluted earnings per share, before the effect of the
extraordinary item discussed above, were $1.66 for fiscal year 1997.

Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1997 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended 
September 30, 1996

              Net sales for fiscal year 1997 were $264.2 million, an increase of
$139.4 million over net sales of $124.9  million for fiscal year 1996.  Sales of
commercial  telescopic  material  handlers  for  fiscal  year 1997  were  $221.3
million,  an increase of $125.1  million over fiscal year 1996.  Military  sales
were $4.5  million for fiscal 1997  compared to $0.7 million for fiscal 1996 due
to the  start-up of sales  under the U.S.  Army ATLAS  contract,  which had only
prototype  sales in the 1996 period.  Sales of compact  products for fiscal year
1997 were $22.3 million,  up $1.7 million compared to fiscal year 1996. Sales of
parts and other products for fiscal year 1997 were $16.1 million, an increase of
$8.8 million over the 1996 period.  Of the $125.1 million increase in telescopic
material  handlers,  $93.4 million was due to the  acquisition  of Lull, and the
remaining $31.7 million  reflected  continued strong growth in TRAK's commercial
telescopic  business.  Increased  compact  products sales were due partly to the
acquisition  of Lull and increased  demand in North America and  internationally
outside of Europe,  offset by reduced  shipments to Europe due to the  Company's
European  distributor  being  acquired  by a  competitor.  Of the  $8.8  million
increase in parts and other products, $6.6 million resulted from the acquisition
of Lull and $2.2  million  reflected  increased  demand for parts  driven by the
increased population of TRAK units operating in the field.

              Gross profit for fiscal year 1997 was $71.9  million,  an increase
of $39.8  million over gross profit of $32.2  million for fiscal year 1996.  The
increase in gross profit primarily reflected the increase in net sales discussed
above.  The gross margin  increased to 27.2% for fiscal year 1997 from 25.8% for
fiscal  year  1996.  The  improvement  in  gross  margin  was  due  to  improved
manufacturing  efficiencies  at all three Company  plants,  price increases that
were  implemented  in early 1997,  economies due to higher volumes and increased
mix of  telescopic  material  handlers  which carry  higher  margins  than other
products.  Partially  offsetting  these  improvements  was  the  effect  of  the
acquisition of Lull, whose gross margin has historically been lower than that of
TRAK.

              Selling,  general and administrative expenses for fiscal year 1997
were $27.7  million,  an increase of $11.4  million over SG&A  expenses of $16.3
million  for fiscal  year 1996.  Of the $11.4  million  increase,  $7.3  million
resulted  from the  acquisition  of Lull.  SG&A  expenses as a percentage of net
sales  decreased  to 10.5% for fiscal year 1997 from 13.1% for fiscal year 1996.
This  decrease  in the SG&A  percentage  primarily  reflected  the effect of the
acquisition of Lull, whose SG&A percentage has historically been lower than that
of TRAK.

              Operating  income  for  fiscal  year  1997 was $44.2  million,  an
increase of $28.4 million over operating income of $15.9 million for fiscal year
1996.  Operating  margin  increased to 16.7% for fiscal year 1997 from 12.7% for
fiscal year 1996.  The  improvements  in operating  income and operating  margin
reflected the factors described above.

                                       19

<PAGE>

              Interest  expense  for  fiscal  year  1997  was $6.1  million,  an
increase of $2.7 million over  interest  expense of $3.4 million for fiscal year
1996.  The increase in interest  expense was due primarily to the increased debt
incurred to finance the August 1996  acquisition  of Lull,  partially  offset by
subsequent  reduction of debt with proceeds from the initial public  offering in
March 1997 and with cash flow from operations.

              Other  finance   charges,   which  are   primarily   comprised  of
dealer-related  finance charges, were $2.3 million for fiscal year 1997 compared
to $2.0  million  for fiscal  year 1996.  The  increase  in finance  charges was
related  to  increased  financing  activity  at TRAK  primarily  resulting  from
increased  sales  volume.  Other  finance  charges as a percentage  of net sales
decreased from 1.6% to 0.9%. The reduction in finance charges as a percentage of
sales primarily reflected the fact that Lull has not historically  incurred such
charges.

              Provision  for income taxes for fiscal year 1997 was $14.6 million
compared to $4.1  million  for fiscal  year 1996.  The  increase  reflected  the
increase in income before income taxes of $25.5 million and, to a lesser extent,
an increase in the  effective  tax rate between  these  periods.  The  Company's
effective  tax rate was 40.5% for fiscal year 1997  compared to 39.0% for fiscal
year 1996.

              Income from  continuing  operations for fiscal year 1997 was $21.4
million, an increase of $15.0 million over income from continuing  operations of
$6.4 million for fiscal year 1996, as a result of the factors described above.

              In March 1997, in connection  with the initial public offering and
the  application of the proceeds  therefrom to repay  indebtedness,  the Company
incurred an extraordinary  charge of $0.8 million, net of $0.5 million of income
tax  benefits,  related  to  prepayment  penalties  and  write-off  of  deferred
financing  charges.  In August 1996,  in  connection  with  refinancing  of debt
associated  with the Lull  acquisition,  the Company  incurred an  extraordinary
charge of $0.3 million,  net of $0.2 million of income tax benefits,  related to
write-off of deferred financing charges.

              Net income for fiscal year 1997 was $20.6 million,  an increase of
$14.6  million from net income of $6.0 million for fiscal year 1996, as a result
of the factors described above.

              Diluted  earnings  per share for fiscal year 1997 were  $1.60,  an
increase of $1.07 from diluted  earnings per share of $0.53 for fiscal year 1996
as a result of the increase in net income described above partially offset by an
increase in the weighted  average shares  outstanding  from 11.3 million to 12.8
million.

Capital Resources and Liquidity

              Net cash provided by operating activities of the Company was $17.7
million for fiscal year 1998.  Working capital (excluding the effects of changes
in cash and current  portions of long-term  debt)  increased by $19.9 million in
the  period,   primarily   reflecting  a  $28.1  million  increase  in  accounts
receivable,  and a $9.8 million  increase in inventories,  partially offset by a
$15.1  million  increase in  accounts  payable  and a $3.7  million  increase in
accrued  liabilities.  Accounts receivable  increased primarily due to increased
sales  levels  and  timing  of  shipments  at the end of the  year.  Inventories
increased due to higher sales volume and capacity  constraints  which  prevented
manufacturing  operations from achieving the planned production  schedules.  The
increase in accounts payable primarily  reflected  increased inventory purchases
resulting  from  increases  in  production  schedules.  The  increase in accrued
liabilities primarily reflected increases in accruals related to customer volume
rebate programs.  Application of customer volume rebates subsequent to September
30, 1998 will  adversely  impact cash flows in the first and second  quarters of
fiscal 1999. Net cash used in investing activities was $112.8 million, including
$9.9 million for capital  expenditures and $102.1 million for acquisition of

                                       20

<PAGE>

the net assets of Snorkel.  Capital  expenditures  in fiscal 1998 were primarily
for information systems and capacity improvements.  These cash requirements were
financed with a new credit facility as described  below.  The cash balance as of
September 30, 1998 primarily reflected cash balances of the Company's Australian
subsidiary.

               Net cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of the Company was
$21.6 million for fiscal year 1997.  Working  capital  (excluding the effects of
changes in cash and  current  portions  of  long-term  debt)  increased  by $5.4
million in the period, primarily reflecting increases in accounts receivable and
inventories  related  to growth in sales  volume.  Cash  provided  by  operating
activities of the Company for the period was used  primarily to finance  capital
expenditures  of $3.0 million,  to make payments to former TRAK  shareholders of
$1.0 million tied to receipt of orders under contracts with the U.S. Army and to
repay existing indebtedness.

              Net cash provided by operating  activities of the Company was $8.6
million  for the fiscal year 1996.  Working  capital  (excluding  the effects of
changes in cash and  current  portions  of  long-term  debt)  decreased  by $1.4
million in the period which primarily  reflected  increases in accounts  payable
and  other  current  liabilities  partially  offset  by  increases  in  accounts
receivable and inventories. Cash provided by operating activities of the Company
for the  period  was used  primarily  to finance  capital  expenditures  of $1.4
million,  to make payments to former TRAK  shareholders  of $0.4 million tied to
receipt  of orders  under  contracts  with the U.S.  Army and to repay  existing
indebtedness.  The  aggregate  purchase  price paid by the  Company  for Lull in
August 1996 totaled  approximately  $69.0  million plus assumed  liabilities  of
$14.6 million. The acquisition was financed with additional borrowings under the
Company's amended credit facilities.

              On March 20,  1997,  the  Company  completed  its  initial  public
offering of common stock,  selling 3 million  primary and 6.2 million  secondary
shares (including shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment
option)  for $14 per  share,  before  underwriting  discounts  and  commissions.
Proceeds to the Company from the  offering of $37.6  million (net of expenses of
the offering of $1.7 million)  were used to repay $22.6 million of  subordinated
debt (including  accrued interest and prepayment fees) and $15.0 million of bank
term debt.

              On March 11, 1998, a secondary public offering of the common stock
of the Company became  effective,  in which Harbour Group  Investments III, L.P.
and an affiliate  sold an aggregate of 3.6 million  shares of common stock at an
offering price of $25.50 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
No proceeds from the secondary public offering were received by the Company.

              During  November  1997,  in  connection  with the  acquisition  of
Snorkel,  the Company  entered  into a new credit  facility  which  replaced the
existing loan and security  agreement.  The new agreement  provides for a $165.0
million credit facility  consisting of a $40.0 million revolving credit facility
and a $125.0  million  term loan.  The term loan  requires  quarterly  principal
payments  ranging from $2.5 million to $6.25 million  commencing on February 28,
1998  with the  final  maturity  on  November  17,  2004.  Borrowings  under the
agreement  bear interest at a rate that is determined  from a pricing grid based
on the Company's  leverage  ratio (debt / EBITDA).  At September  30, 1998,  the
interest rate under this  agreement was prime or LIBOR plus 1.0%. In conjunction
with  entering  into  the  new  credit  facility,   the  Company  recognized  an
extraordinary  loss  in  November  1997  of  $0.5  million  attributable  to the
write-off of $0.9 million of unamortized deferred financing fees, net of related
tax benefits.

              Amounts  outstanding  under the credit  facility at September  30,
1998 were $138 million.  In addition the Company had $0.2 million in outstanding
letters of credit under this revolving credit  facility.  At September 30, 1998,
the Company had unused borrowing  capacity of $15.8 million under 

                                       21

<PAGE>

this facility. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants of its
facilities as of September 30, 1998.

              Pursuant to the Snorkel acquisition,  the Company will be required
to pay an  additional  purchase  price of up to $50  million  in May  1999.  The
additional  payment  will be equal to the amount of the net sales of Snorkel for
the twelve-month period commencing on April 1, 1998 and ending on March 31, 1999
in excess of $140  million,  such  additional  amount not to exceed $20 million,
plus 70% of the amount of the net sales of Snorkel during the Earn-Out Period in
excess of $160 million, such additional amount not to exceed $30 million.  Based
on the  performance  of Snorkel  since April 1, 1998,  the Company  expects this
payment to be material and intends to finance  such payment  through an increase
in the existing credit  facility.  Such an increase in the credit facility would
be subject to approval by the banks and will likely result in a higher  interest
rate.

              As the result of a major capacity expansion program for telescopic
material handlers launched in September 1998, the Company's capital expenditures
for fiscal  year 1999 will be higher  than  normal.  It is  expected  that total
capital   expenditures   for  the  year  ending   September  30,  1999  will  be
approximately $22 million,  approximately $16 million of which is related to the
capacity  expansion  program.  These  capital  expenditures  are  expected to be
financed  through  internal  cash  flow  and  existing  credit  lines,  with the
exception  of  approximately  $4  million  related to the  Oakes,  North  Dakota
building  expansion which will most likely be financed  through a capital lease.
It is anticipated that approximately 75% of the capital spending for fiscal year
1999 will occur in the first half of the fiscal year.

Backlog

              The Company's backlog as of September 30, 1998 was $172.7 million,
of which $36.3 million  relates to the ATLAS military  contract.  It is expected
that  substantially  all of the commercial  backlog and approximately 80% of the
military backlog will be shipped before September 30, 1999.

Market Risk

              In the  ordinary  course of  business,  the  Company is exposed to
foreign  currency and interest rate risks,  which the Company does not currently
consider to be material.  These exposures primarily relate to having investments
denominated in foreign currencies and to changes in interest rates. Fluctuations
in currency exchange rates can impact operating results, including net sales and
operating expenses.  The Company may utilize derivative  financial  instruments,
including forward exchange  contracts and swap agreements,  to manage certain of
its foreign  currency and interest rate risks that it considers  practical to do
so. The Company  currently has $67.5 million  outstanding under an interest rate
swap  agreement  which fixes LIBOR at 6.24% through  November  2004. The Company
does not enter into  derivative  financial  instruments  for  trading  purposes.
Market  risks that the Company  currently  has  elected  not to hedge  relate to
foreign currency  exposure and the portion of the floating rate debt not covered
by the interest rate swap.

New Accounting Pronouncements

              In June 1997 the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  ("FASB")
issued  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting   Standards  No.  130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income"  ("SFAS 130").  The statement  establishes  standards for
reporting  and display of  comprehensive  income and  components  in a financial
statement  that is  displayed  with  the  same  prominence  as  other  financial
statements.  SFAS 130 is effective for years  beginning after December 15, 1997.
The Company is continuing  to analyze SFAS 130 and does not currently  expect it
to have a significant impact on its financial statement presentation.

                                       22

<PAGE>

              In June 1997 the FASB issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments of an  Enterprise  and Related
Information"  ("SFAS  131").  The  statement  requires  that the Company  report
certain information if specific requirements are met about operating segments of
the Company including information about services,  geographic areas of operation
and major  customers.  SFAS 131 is effective for years  beginning after December
15, 1997. The Company is reviewing the  applicability  of SFAS 131 on its future
reporting requirements.

              In June 1998 the FASB issued  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards  No.  133,   "Accounting   for  Derivative   Instruments  and  Hedging
Activities"  ("SFAS 133").  The statement  establishes  accounting and reporting
standards for  derivative  instruments  and for hedging  activities and requires
recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet measured at fair value. SFAS
133 is effective  for all fiscal  quarters  beginning  after June 15, 1999.  The
Company is  continuing  to evaluate the  provisions of SFAS 133 to determine its
impact on financial position and results of operations.

Year 2000

The Company utilizes software and related computer technologies essential to its
operations that use two digits rather than four to specify the year, which could
result in a date  recognition  problem with the transition to the year 2000. The
Company  has  established  a  plan,  utilizing  third-party   consultants  where
necessary,  to assess  the  potential  impact of the year 2000 on the  Company's
systems and  operations  and to implement  solutions to address this issue.  The
Company has  substantially  completed the assessment of its internal systems for
year 2000  compliance  issues.  The Company's  plan for  remediation  includes a
combination  of repair and  replacement of affected  systems.  For the Company's
internal systems at TRAK and Lull, this remediation is an incidental consequence
of the ongoing  implementation  of a new integrated  core business  system.  The
Company  expects  the  remediation  phase to be  completed  by June 1999 and for
testing to be  conducted in July 1999.  For the  Company's  internal  systems at
Snorkel,  this remediation is a software patch for the existing system which has
been  implemented  and is currently  being tested.  The Company expects that all
critical systems will be year 2000 compliant by July 31, 1999. Substantially all
of the costs  incurred,  and  expected  to be  incurred,  to  achieve  year 2000
compliance have been and are a part of ongoing  expenditures to upgrade systems.
The Company is dependent upon various third parties,  including  certain product
suppliers,  to conduct its business operations.  The failure of mission-critical
third parties to achieve year 2000  compliance  could have a material  effect on
the Company's  operations.  The Company is presently in the assessment  phase of
its year 2000 plan with respect to the Company's suppliers,  vendors and service
providers  for year  2000  compliance.  The  Company  expects  to  complete  the
assessment  phase by March 1999. The Company plans to develop a contingency plan
by June 1999 in the event its  systems  or its  mission-critical  vendors do not
achieve  year  2000  compliance.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that the
Company will not experience  unanticipated  costs and/or business  interruptions
due to year 2000 problems in its internal  systems or its supply chain,  or that
such costs and/or  interruptions  will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's consolidated results of operations.

Cautionary Statements Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

              Certain statements included herein are forward-looking  statements
concerning  the  Company's   operations,   economic  performance  and  financial
condition.  Such  statements  are  subject to various  risks and  uncertainties.
Actual results could differ materially from those currently anticipated due to a
number of factors,  including  cyclical  fluctuations  in demand,  manufacturing
capacity  constraints and production  inefficiencies,  stiffer  competition from
larger and better capitalized companies,  the effects on price and margin of the
rapid  consolidation  of  distributors,  field  warranty  campaigns  for certain
products,  loss of, or reduced orders under, the Company's contract for the sale
of ATLAS vehicles, issues related to year 2000 compliance, the inability to make
complementary  

                                       23

<PAGE>

acquisitions,  or to integrate any such acquisitions,  and risks associated with
the substantial borrowings that may be necessary to finance acquisitions.

Item 7a.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

              The  information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under the
caption  "Market  Risk"  of  Item  7  of  this  Report,   which  information  is
incorporated herein by reference thereto.















                                       24

<PAGE>

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


                        Report of Independent Accountants


To the Board of Directors
and Stockholders of
OmniQuip International, Inc.

In our opinion,  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance sheets and the related
consolidated  statements of income,  of changes in  stockholders'  equity and of
cash flows present fairly, in all material  respects,  the financial position of
OmniQuip International,  Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries at September 30,
1998 and 1997 and the results of their  operations and their cash flows for each
of the three fiscal years in the period ended  September 30, 1998, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting  principles.  These financial  statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express
an opinion on these financial  statements based on our audits.  We conducted our
audits of these  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain  reasonable
assurance   about  whether  the  financial   statements  are  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements,   assessing  the
accounting  principles  used and significant  estimates made by management,  and
evaluating the overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We believe that our
audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
St. Louis, Missouri
November 3, 1998


                                       25

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheet
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                        September 30,
                                                                                    1998            1997
<S>                                                                             <C>             <C>
 Assets
 Current assets:
   Cash                                                                         $     4,684     $         5
   Accounts receivable, net                                                          66,580          22,689
   Inventories                                                                       71,065          30,956
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                         10,020           6,640
                                                                                -----------    ------------
       Total current assets                                                         152,349          60,290

 Property, plant and equipment, net                                                  41,375          17,130
 Goodwill                                                                           120,746          65,359
 Other assets, net                                                                    1,992           1,519

                                                                                $   316,462     $   144,298 
                                                                                ===========     ===========

Liabilities and stockholders' equity 
Current liabilities:
   Current portion of long-term debt                                            $    13,750     $     8,625
   Accounts payable                                                                  47,834          20,433
   Accrued liabilities                                                               31,873          16,830 
                                                                                -----------     -----------
       Total current liabilities                                                     93,457          45,888
                                                                                -----------     -----------

 Long-term debt                                                                     124,250          25,609
 Other noncurrent liabilities, net                                                      418             422
 Deferred income taxes                                                                3,368           1,981
                                                                                -----------     -----------
                                                                                    128,036          28,012
                                                                                -----------     -----------
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 4, 7, 13 and 15)

 Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 1,500,000 shares
    authorized; no shares issued and outstanding
   Common stock, $.01 par value, 100,000,000 
    shares authorized;  14,270,000 and 14,250,000 
    shares issued and outstanding, respectively                                         143             143
   Additional paid-in capital                                                        44,128          43,726
   Other                                                                              (754)           (352)
   Cumulative translation adjustment                                                (1,657)             ---
   Retained earnings                                                                 53,109          26,881
                                                                                -----------     -----------
       Total stockholders' equity                                                    94,969          70,398 
                                                                                -----------     -----------

                                                                                $   316,462     $   144,298 
                                                                                ===========     ===========
</TABLE>

        The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part of  these  consolidated
financial statements.

                                       26

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Consolidated Statement of Income
September 30, 1998
(In thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                                 1998              1997              1996
<S>                                                              <C>               <C>               <C>
Net sales                                                        $ 455,653          $ 264,213        $ 124,861
Cost of sales                                                      349,584            192,270           92,688
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Gross profit                                                       106,069             71,943           32,173
Selling, general and administrative expenses                        47,365             27,717           16,311
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Operating income                                                    58,704             44,226           15,862
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Other expenses:
    Interest on indebtedness                                        10,261              5,578            2,384
    Interest on indebtedness - related parties                           -                528            1,050
    Other finance charges                                            2,597              2,259            1,981
    Other, net                                                        (44)               (77)               31
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

                                                                    12,814              8,288            5,446
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Income before income taxes and extraordinary item                   45,890             35,938           10,416
Provision for income taxes                                          18,547             14,556            4,060
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Income before extraordinary item                                    27,343             21,382            6,356
Extraordinary item - loss on refinancing of long-term
 debt, net of income tax benefit of $371, $521 and
 $200 in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively                           (545)              (782)            (314)
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

Net income                                                        $ 26,798           $ 20,600         $  6,042
                                                             ==============   ================  ===============

Basic earnings per share:

    Income before extraordinary item                               $  1.92            $  1.66          $  0.56
    Extraordinary item                                              (0.04)             (0.06)           (0.03)
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

        Net income                                                 $  1.88            $  1.60          $  0.53
                                                             ==============   ================  ===============

Weighted average shares                                             14,261             12,845           11,250
                                                             ==============   ================  ===============

Diluted earnings per share:
    Income before extraordinary item                               $  1.90            $  1.66          $  0.56
    Extraordinary item                                              (0.04)             (0.06)           (0.03)
                                                             --------------   ----------------  ---------------

        Net income                                                 $  1.86            $  1.60          $  0.53
                                                             ==============   ================  ===============

Weighted average shares                                             14,392             12,905           11,250
                                                             ==============   ================  ===============
</TABLE>

       The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  consolidated
financial statements.

                                       27

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  Additional                     Cumulative
                                      Common       paid-in                       translation      Retained
                                      Stock        capital          Other        adjustment       Earnings         Total
<S>                                     <C>           <C>             <C>                <C>        <C>            <C>
Balance, September 30, 1995             $  113        $ 6,240         $  (352)           $  -        $   382        $  6,383

Net income                                   -              -                -              -          6,042           6,042
                                    -----------  -------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------   -------------

Balance, September 30, 1996                113          6,240            (352)              -          6,424          12,425

Common stock issued                         30         37,486                -              -              -          37,516

Net income                                   -              -                -              -         20,600          20,600

Dividends paid                               -              -                -              -          (143)           (143)
                                    -----------  -------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------   -------------

Balance, September 30, 1997                143         43,726            (352)              -         26,881          70,398

Issuance of restricted stock                 -            402            (402)              -              -               -

Cumulative translation adjustment            -              -                -        (1,657)              -         (1,657)

Net income                                   -              -                -              -         26,798          26,798

Dividends paid                               -              -                -              -          (570)           (570)
                                    -----------  -------------  ---------------  -------------  -------------   -------------

Balance, September 30, 1998             $  143       $ 44,128         $  (754)      $ (1,657)       $ 53,109        $ 94,969
                                    ===========  =============  ===============  =============  =============   =============

</TABLE>

       The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  consolidated
financial statements.

                                       28

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                For the Fiscal Year Ended September 30,
                                                             1998            1997                  1996

<S>                                                         <C>             <C>                <C>    
Cash flows from operating activities:
    Net income                                              $   26,798      $   20,600         $   6,042
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
     provided by operating activities, excluding the
     effect of acquisitions:

      Depreciation                                               4,618           2,022             1,175
      Amortization                                               3,285           1,996               571
      Deferred income tax provision (benefit)                    1,983             804             (712)
      Loss on refinancing of long-term debt                        916           1,303               514
      (Increase) decrease in current assets:
        Accounts receivable, net                              (28,090)         (1,011)           (1,264)
        Inventories                                            (9,846)         (3,416)           (3,628)
        Prepaid expenses and other current assets                (742)           (670)              (39)
      Increase (decrease) in current liabilities:
        Accounts payable                                        15,106           (462)             2,397
        Other current liabilities                                3,709             188             3,946
      Other                                                       (22)             241             (433)
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                       17,715          21,595             8,569
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------

Cash flows from investing activities:
    Acquisition of net assets of Lull Industries, Inc.               -               -          (69,007)
    Acquisition of net assets of Snorkel Division of
    Figgie International Inc., net                           (102,111)               -                 -
    Capital expenditures, net                                  (9,921)         (3,021)           (1,404)
    Payments to former TRAK shareholders for
     ATLAS program                                               (527)         (1,025)             (446)
    Other                                                        (274)             247             (133)
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------
Net cash used in investing activities                        (112,833)         (3,799)          (70,990)
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------

Cash flows from financing activities:
    Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt                   125,000               -            74,000
    Proceeds from initial public offering                            -          37,516                 -
    Net borrowings (payments) on revolver                       20,891         (4,332)           (3,542)
    Payments on long-term debt                                (42,125)        (50,885)           (6,500)
    Payments of dividends                                        (570)           (143)                 -
    Financing costs incurred                                   (1,742)               -           (1,485)
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities            101,454        (17,844)            62,473
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                        (1,657)               -                 -
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------
</TABLE>


       The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  consolidated
financial statements.

                                       29

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


<S>                                                          <C>              <C>              <C>            
Net change in cash                                               4,679            (48)                52
Cash at beginning of period                                          5              53                 1
                                                         --------------  --------------    --------------
Cash at end of period                                        $   4,684        $      5          $     53
                                                         ==============  ==============    ==============

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH
 FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
    Interest on indebtedness                                $   10,156       $   5,622         $   2,619
                                                         ==============  ==============    ==============
    Income taxes                                            $   10,342      $   14,543         $   3,672
                                                         ==============  ==============    ==============

</TABLE>

       The  accompanying  notes  are an  integral  part  of  these  consolidated
financial statements.


                                       30

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1.       Organization

         OmniQuip owns 100% of the outstanding common stock of its subsidiaries,
         TRAK International,  Inc. (TRAK),  Lull International,  Inc. (Lull) and
         Snorkel  International,  Inc.  (Snorkel).  The  consolidated  financial
         statements  include the  accounts  of the Company and its  wholly-owned
         subsidiaries.  All  significant  intercompany  transactions  have  been
         eliminated.

         On  September  30,  1996,  OmniQuip's  Board  of  Directors  authorized
         OmniQuip  to split its  shares  of  common  stock at a rate of 10 to 1,
         thereby  increasing  issued and  outstanding  shares from  1,000,000 to
         10,000,000.  On  February  19,  1997,  OmniQuip's  Board  of  Directors
         authorized  OmniQuip to further  split its shares at a rate of 1.125 to
         1, thereby  increasing issued and outstanding shares from 10,000,000 to
         11,250,000.  All  shares  and per  share  amounts  in the  accompanying
         consolidated  financial statements and notes have been adjusted to give
         retroactive effect to the stock splits.

2.       Initial Public Offering

         On March 21, 1997,  an initial  public  offering  (Offering)  of common
         stock of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.  (OmniQuip  or the Company) was
         completed.  The  Company  sold  3,000,000  newly  issued  shares  at an
         offering  price of $14.00 per share,  less  underwriting  discounts and
         commissions.  The net  proceeds to the Company of $37,516  were used to
         repay a portion of the Company's outstanding indebtedness.  Pursuant to
         the Offering,  Harbour Group  Investments  III, L.P. (HGI III, L.P.), a
         significant  shareholder  of the Company,  and an affiliate of HGI III,
         L.P. sold an  additional  5,524,200  and 675,800  shares,  respectively
         (including a total of  1,200,000  shares  related to an  over-allotment
         option),   at  $14.00  per  share,  less  underwriting   discounts  and
         commissions.  The net  proceeds  of  approximately  $72,312 and $8,846,
         respectively,  therefrom  were paid  directly to HGI III,  L.P.  and an
         affiliate of HGI III, L.P.

3.       Secondary Public Offering

         On March 11, 1998, a secondary  public  offering of the common stock of
         the Company became  effective,  in which HGI III, L.P. and an affiliate
         sold an aggregate  of  3,600,000  shares of common stock at an offering
         price of $25.50 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
         No proceeds  from the  secondary  public  offering were received by the
         Company.

4.       Acquisitions

         The  following  table  summarizes  certain  information  regarding  the
         Company's acquisitions during the past three years:

         Date                   Name                         Business
         ----                   ----                         --------
    August 16, 1995     TRAK International, Inc.     Manufacturer of telescopic
                                                     material handlers and
                                                     skid steer loaders
    August 15, 1996     Lull Industries, Inc.        Manufacturer of telescopic
                                                     material handlers
   November 17, 1997    Snorkel Division of Figgie   Manufacturer of aerial work
                        International Inc.           platforms

         During the past three years,  the Company has made  acquisitions  which
         have significantly  expanded its product lines. These acquisitions were
         each accounted for using the purchase method of accounting and

                                       31

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         financed primarily through bank borrowings, resulting in an increase in
         the Company's  outstanding debt. Results of operations of each acquired
         company  have been  included in the  Company's  consolidated  financial
         statements  from the date of  acquisition.  The purchase  price of each
         acquisition  was  allocated  to the  assets  acquired  and  liabilities
         assumed based on their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition.
         The  excess of  purchase  price  over the  estimated  fair value of net
         assets acquired was, in each instance, recorded as goodwill.

         The purchase price for Lull and Snorkel were allocated as follows:

                                                        Lull          Snorkel
                                                 --------------- ---------------

         Accounts receivable, net                       $  7,572        $ 15,801
         Inventories                                      11,232          30,263
         Prepaid expenses and other current assets         1,937           3,234
         Property, plant and equipment                     7,050          18,924
         Goodwill                                         55,841          57,518
         Accounts payable                                (7,392)        (12,295)
         Accrued liabilities                             (7,233)        (11,334)
                                                 --------------- ---------------

                                                        $ 69,007       $ 102,111
                                                 --------------- ---------------

         The following table sets forth pro forma information for the Company as
         if the acquisition of Snorkel had taken place on October 1, 1996 (after
         giving  effect to certain pro forma  adjustments  and including the pro
         forma effects of the Offering).  This information is unaudited and does
         not purport to represent  actual  revenue,  net income and earnings per
         share had the acquisition and the Offering actually occurred on October
         1, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 PRO FORMA INFORMATION
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                               FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 1998             1997
                                                                             --------------   --------------
         <S>                                                                 <C>               <C>

         Net sales                                                               $ 471,545        $ 421,345
         Income before extraordinary loss                                           26,473           27,320
         Diluted earnings per common share before extraordinary loss                  1.84             1.92

</TABLE>

         Under the TRAK acquisition agreement,  the purchase price was increased
         for orders received from the U.S. Army under contracts for the delivery
         of rough terrain telescopic material handlers (the ATLAS Program) for a
         period of five  years  from  August 17,  1995.  Amounts  paid to TRAK's
         former  owners  totaling  $1,998  have  been  reflected  as  additional
         goodwill in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements.  No
         further payments under the earn-out  provisions of the TRAK acquisition
         agreement will be made to the former TRAK owners.

                                       32

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Under the Snorkel  acquisition  agreement,  the  purchase  price may be
         increased by up to $50,000  based on Snorkel's  net sales between April
         1,  1998  and  March  31,  1999;   such   additional   purchase   price
         consideration, which is required to be paid in May 1999, is expected to
         result in additional goodwill for financial  reporting purposes.  Based
         on the  performance of Snorkel since April 1, 1998, the Company expects
         this payment to be material and intends to finance such payment through
         an increase in the existing  credit  facility.  Such an increase in the
         credit  facility  would be  subject to  approval  by the banks and will
         likely result in a higher interest rate.

5.       Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

         The accounting policies utilized by OmniQuip require management to make
         estimates and  assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets
         and  liabilities  at the  date  of the  financial  statements  and  the
         reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting  period.
         Actual  amounts  could  differ from those  estimates.  The  significant
         accounting policies followed by OmniQuip are described below and are in
         conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         Business
         The Company is principally engaged in the manufacture and sale of rough
         terrain telescopic  material  handlers,  aerial work platforms and skid
         steer loaders to commercial  customers,  national rental fleets and the
         U.S. Government.

         U.S. Army contract
         The Company  was  awarded a contract  to serve as the sole  supplier of
         ATLAS,  a telescopic  material  handler,  for the U.S. Army and related
         entities.  The Company shipments under the contract commenced in fiscal
         1997.  As  discussed  in Note 4, the  purchase  price for TRAK has been
         adjusted for orders received under the contract.

         Revenue recognition
         Revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer.  Costs and related
         expenses to  manufacture  the  products  are recorded as costs of sales
         when the related revenue is recognized.

         Foreign currency translation
         The accounts of the Company's  foreign  subsidiaries  are maintained in
         their  respective  local  currencies.   The  accompanying  consolidated
         financial statements have been translated and adjusted to reflect U.S.
         dollars on the basis presented below.

         Assets and  liabilities  are translated  into U.S.  dollars at year-end
         exchange  rates.  Income and expense  items are  translated  at average
         exchange rates prevailing during the period. Adjustments resulting from
         the process of translating the  consolidated  amounts into U.S. dollars
         are accumulated in a separate translation adjustment account,  included
         in stockholders'  equity.  Common stock and additional  paid-in capital
         are translated at the historical  U.S.  dollar  equivalent in effect at
         the date of acquisition.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses
         are included in earnings  currently.  The foreign currency  transaction
         gains  and  losses  for the year  ended  September  30,  1998  were not
         material.

         Cash and cash equivalents
         For purposes of the  consolidated  statement of cash flows, the Company
         considers all highly liquid  investments  with an original  maturity of
         three months or less to be cash equivalents.

                                       33


<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Relationships with suppliers
         The Company purchases several of its key component parts primarily from
         specific  suppliers.  The  Company  believes  that the  supply of these
         components and the number of alternative suppliers are adequate.

         Inventories
         Inventories  are  stated  at the  lower of cost,  determined  using the
         first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) method,  or market.  Obsolete or unsalable
         inventories are reflected at their estimated realizable values.

         Inventories  relating to the U.S.  Army  contract  are stated at actual
         production   costs,   including   manufacturing   overhead  and  direct
         engineering  and tooling costs.  The contract  costs  reimbursed by the
         U.S. Army are considered progress payments and have been offset against
         inventories. Title to all inventories related to the U.S. Army contract
         for which progress payments have been received vests with the U.S.
         Army.

         Property, plant and equipment
         Property,  plant and  equipment  was recorded at estimated  fair market
         value under the purchase  method of  accounting  as of the  acquisition
         dates for TRAK,  Lull and Snorkel as described in Note 4.  Additions to
         property,  plant and equipment  subsequent to the acquisition dates are
         recorded  at cost.  Depreciation  is provided  using the  straight-line
         method over the  estimated  useful lives of the assets which range from
         three to thirty-nine years.

         Expenditures for repairs, maintenance and minor renewals are charged to
         income as incurred.  Expenditures  which improve an asset or extend its
         estimated useful life are  capitalized.  When properties are retired or
         otherwise  disposed of, the related cost and  accumulated  depreciation
         are  removed  from the  accounts  and any gain or loss is  included  in
         income.

         Goodwill
         Goodwill resulting from the acquisitions  described in Note 4 is stated
         at cost and is being amortized on a straight-line  basis over 40 years.
         Amortization  expense for the fiscal  years ended  September  30, 1998,
         1997 and 1996 was approximately $2,952, $1,664 and $400,  respectively.
         Accumulated  amortization  totaled  $5,043 and $2,091 at September  30,
         1998 and 1997, respectively. The Company assesses the carrying value of
         goodwill for  impairment  whenever  events or changes in  circumstances
         indicate that the carrying  amount may not be  recoverable  based on an
         analysis of future  expected cash flows from the underlying  operations
         of the Company.  Management  believes that there has been no impairment
         at September 30, 1998.

         Other noncurrent assets
         Expenses   associated  with  the  issuance  of  debt   instruments  are
         capitalized by the Company and amortized  over the respective  terms of
         the debt  instruments.  Net deferred  financing costs included in other
         assets  at   September   30,  1998  and  1997  were  $1,522  and  $941,
         respectively.

         Research and development costs
         Research and development costs are expensed as incurred and included in
         selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  accompanying
         consolidated   statement  of  income.   Such  costs   incurred  in  the
         development  of new products or  significant  improvements  to existing
         products totaled approximately $5,130, $1,996 and $1,572 for the fiscal
         years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

                                       34

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Warranty costs
         The  Company  provides,  by a current  charge to  income,  an amount it
         estimates will be necessary to cover future  warranty  obligations  for
         products  sold during the year.  The Company also provides for specific
         warranty obligations as necessary and appropriate.

         Income taxes
         The Company accounts for income taxes under the provisions of Statement
         of Financial Accounting  Standards No. 109 (SFAS 109),  "Accounting for
         Income Taxes,"  requiring the use of the liability method of accounting
         for  income  taxes.  The  current or  deferred  tax  consequences  of a
         transaction are measured by applying the provisions of enacted tax laws
         to determine the amount of taxes payable  currently or in future years.
         Deferred  income taxes are provided for temporary  differences  between
         the  income  tax bases of assets and  liabilities,  and their  carrying
         amounts for financial reporting purposes.

         Earnings per share
         In February  1997,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued
         Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  128  (SFAS  128),
         "Earnings  Per  Share,"  which  changed  the method of  computation  of
         earnings per share (EPS). SFAS 128, which was adopted by the Company in
         fiscal  1998,  requires the  computation  of Basic EPS and Diluted EPS.
         Basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of outstanding common
         shares during the period but does not consider dilution for potentially
         dilutive securities. Diluted EPS reflects the dilutive potential common
         shares  consisting  of certain  shares  subject to stock  options.  The
         dilutive potential common shares arising from the effect of outstanding
         stock  options  were  computed  using the  treasury  stock  method,  if
         dilutive.  Earnings  per  share  for  fiscal  1997 and 1996  have  been
         restated  in  accordance  with  SFAS  128.  See Note 17 for  additional
         information.

         Fair value of financial instruments
         The Company records all financial instruments,  including cash and cash
         equivalents,  accounts receivable, accounts payable, other accruals and
         debt, at cost which approximates fair value.

         Employee stock-based compensation
         The Company  accounts for employee  stock  options in  accordance  with
         Accounting  Principles  Board No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
         Employees"  (APB 25).  Under APB 25, the Company  applies the intrinsic
         value method of accounting.  For employee  stock options  accounted for
         using the intrinsic value method, no compensation expense is recognized
         because the options  are  granted  with an exercise  price equal to the
         market value of the stock on the date of grant.

         During  fiscal 1997,  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
         123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation"  (SFAS 123),  became
         effective  for the Company.  SFAS 123  prescribed  the  recognition  of
         compensation expense based on the fair value of options or stock awards
         determined on the date of grant.  However, SFAS 123 allows companies to
         continue  to apply  the  valuation  methods  set  forth in APB 25.  For
         companies that continue to apply the valuation methods set forth in APB
         25,  SFAS 123  mandates  certain pro forma  disclosures  as if the fair
         value method had been utilized. See Note 10 for additional discussion.

                                       35

<PAGE>
OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6.       Financing

         Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                      1998             1997
                                                                                 -------------    ------------
         <S>                                                                     <C>              <C>    
         Revolving  line of credit - principal  due November 17, 2004;  interest
         due  quarterly  at either  prime,  or LIBOR,  plus an  additional  rate
         determined from a pricing grid based on the Company's leverage
         ratio; secured by substantially all assets of the Company                  $ 24,000         $   ---

         Term loan -  principal  due in  quarterly  installments  with the final
         payment due on November  17,  2004;  interest  due  quarterly at either
         prime, or LIBOR, plus an additional rate determined from a pricing grid
         based on the Company's leverage ratio; secured by substantially
         all assets of the Company                                                   114,000             ---

         Revolving line of credit - principal due August 16, 2003;  interest due
         monthly at either  LIBOR plus 2.25% or the bank's  corporate  base rate
         plus 1.0%; secured by substantially all assets of the Company;
         repaid November 17, 1997                                                        ---           3,109

         Term loan - principal  due in  installments  with the final payment due
         August 16, 2003; interest due monthly at either LIBOR plus 2.50% or the
         bank's  corporate base rate plus 1.25%;  secured by  substantially  all
         assets of the Company; $15,000 repaid in 1997 with proceeds from
         the Offering; balance repaid on November 17, 1997                               ---          31,125
                                                                               --------------    ------------
                                                                                     138,000          34,234
         Less - Current portion of long-term debt                                     13,750           8,625
                                                                               --------------    ------------

                                                                                   $ 124,250        $ 25,609
                                                                               --------------    ------------
</TABLE>

         During  November 1997, in connection  with the  acquisition of Snorkel,
         the Company  entered into a new credit facility which replaced the Loan
         and Security Agreement  described below. The new agreement provides for
         a $165,000 credit  facility  consisting of a $40,000  revolving  credit
         facility and a $125,000  term loan.  The term loan  requires  quarterly
         principal payments ranging from $2,500 to $6,250 commencing on February
         28, 1998 with final maturity on November 17, 2004. Borrowings under the
         agreement  bear interest at prime,  or LIBOR,  plus an additional  rate
         (ranging  from 0.0% to 1.125%) based on the  Company's  leverage  ratio
         (debt/EBITDA).  At  September  30,  1998,  the  interest  rate  on  the
         Company's  borrowings  ranged  from 6.4% to 8.3%.  Amounts  outstanding
         under this credit facility  totaled  $138,000 at September 30, 1998. In
         addition,  the Company had approximately $200 in outstanding letters of
         credit and had unused borrowing capacity of approximately $15,800 under
         this facility.

         In conjunction with entering into the new credit facility,  the Company
         recognized an extraordinary  loss in November 1997 of $545 attributable
         to the write-off of $916 unamortized  deferred financing fees, net of a
         related $371 tax benefit.

                                       36

<PAGE>
OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The prior Loan and Security  Agreement provided for a revolving line of
         credit  facility  and two term  loans.  The  revolving  line of  credit
         facility  provided for  borrowings  of up to the lesser of $25,000 or a
         borrowing base calculated based on percentages of eligible  receivables
         and  inventories.  Borrowings under this line of credit were due August
         16, 2003 and bore  interest  either at the bank's  corporate  base rate
         plus 1.00% or LIBOR plus 2.25%. Borrowings under the term loan were due
         in quarterly  installments which commenced in October 1996 with a final
         payment in August 2003 and bore interest either at the bank's corporate
         base rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%. As discussed  above, the Loan
         and Security Agreement was replaced in November 1997.

         In  connection  with the repayment of certain debt with proceeds of the
         Offering  described in Note 2, in fiscal 1997, the Company recognized a
         $782 after-tax  extraordinary  loss resulting from prepayment fees paid
         on certain debt and the  write-off of applicable  capitalized  deferred
         financing costs.

         The Company has entered into an interest rate swap  agreement to reduce
         the impact of changes in interest  rates on its floating  rate debt. At
         September  30,  1998,  the  interest  rate swap  agreement  had a total
         notional  principal  amount  of  $67,500.   This  agreement  fixes  the
         Company's  interest rate on $67,500 of its debt at 6.24% and matures in
         November 2004.

         The   Company's   borrowing   agreements   contain   restrictions   and
         requirements,   including  limitations  on  dividends,  lease  rentals,
         capital expenditures and investments, new indebtedness,  achievement of
         certain earnings levels,  and maintenance of a minimum fixed charge and
         interest ratios and maximum leverage ratios, among others. At September
         30, 1998, the Company was in compliance with such covenants.

         Maturities of  long-term  debt  for  subsequent  fiscal  years  are  as
         follows:

            1999                                    $ 13,750
            2000                                      15,000
            2001                                      18,750
            2002                                      20,000
            2003                                      20,000
            Thereafter                                50,500
                                                 --------------
                                                    $138,000
                                                 --------------
 
7.       Lease Commitments

         The Company leases certain of its facilities, equipment and automobiles
         under noncancelable lease agreements.  These leases have been accounted
         for as operating leases.

         Minimum  lease  payments for  subsequent  fiscal years under  long-term
         operating leases in effect at September 30, 1998 are as follows:

            1999                                   $  2,992
            2000                                      2,303
            2001                                      1,577
            2002                                      1,226
            2003                                        883
                                                  --------------


                                       37

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

            Total minimum lease payments           $  8,981
                                                  --------------

         Rent  expense  under all  operating  leases for the fiscal  years ended
         September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996 was  approximately  $2,757,  $753 and
         $513, respectively.

8.       Income Taxes

         Income before provision for income taxes and  extraordinary  losses was
         taxed under the following jurisdictions:

                                          FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    1998             1997             1996
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------

         Domestic              $ 44,435         $ 35,938         $  10,416
         Foreign                  1,455              ---               ---
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------

                               $ 45,890         $ 35,938         $  10,416
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------

         The provision for income taxes,  including tax benefits associated with
         extraordinary charges in 1998, 1997 and 1996, is summarized as follows:

                                          FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                    1998             1997             1996
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------

          Current:
            Federal            $ 13,329         $ 11,206          $  3,890
            State                 2,341            2,025               682
            Foreign                 523              ---               ---
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------
               Total current     16,193           13,231             4,572
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------
         Deferred:

            Federal               1,694              655             (661)
            State                   289              149              (51)
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------
               Total deferred     1,983              804             (712)
                               --------------  ---------------  ----------------

         Provision for         $ 18,176         $ 14,035          $  3,860
          income taxes         --------------  ---------------  ----------------


                                       38

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         Deferred taxes are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            1998             1997

                                                        --------------  ---------------
         <S>                                            <C>             <C>    

         Deferred tax assets:

            Accruals and other reserves                      $  5,069         $  3,959
            Inventories                                         2,017            1,799
            Other                                                 935               69
                                                        --------------  ---------------
               Gross deferred tax assets                        8,021            5,827
                                                        --------------  ---------------
         Deferred tax liabilities:
            Property, plant and equipment                     (1,355)          (1,121)
            Goodwill amortization                             (2,049)          (1,125)
            Other                                                  36            (292)
                                                        --------------  ---------------
                                                              (3,368)          (2,538)
                                                        --------------  ---------------
         Net deferred tax asset                              $  4,653         $  3,289
                                                        --------------  ---------------

         Current deferred tax asset                          $  8,021         $  5,270
         Long-term deferred tax liability                     (3,368)          (1,981)
                                                        --------------  ---------------
         Net deferred tax asset                              $  4,653         $  3,289
                                                        --------------  ---------------
</TABLE>
         The income tax provision differs from the amount of expense  determined
         by applying the applicable  U.S.  statutory  federal income tax rate to
         pre-tax results as a result of the following differences for the fiscal
         years ended:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                               1998             1997             1996
                                                           --------------   --------------   --------------
         <S>                                               <C>              <C>              <C>
         Statutory rate                                         $ 15,741         $ 12,122         $  3,445
         Non-temporary differences:
            State tax provision, net                               1,799            1,342              169
            Other                                                    636              571              246
                                                           --------------   --------------   --------------
               Total provision                                  $ 18,176         $ 14,035         $  3,860
                                                           --------------   --------------   --------------
</TABLE>

9.       Retirement plans and related matters

         The Company offers all full-time non-union employees who have completed
         six months of service a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of
         the Internal  Revenue Code. The Company also offers all union employees
         who have  completed 30 days of service a retirement  savings plan under
         Section 401(k) of

                                       39

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         the Internal  Revenue  Code.  For the fiscal years ended  September 30,
         1998, 1997 and 1996,  Company  contributions  totaled $1,317,  $666 and
         $310, respectively.

         The Company offers an incentive program to all salaried employees based
         upon a  formula  related  to the  Company's  operating  results  and an
         incentive  program to union  employees  based upon a formula related to
         productivity improvements.  Prior to October 1996, certain participants
         in the salaried program were allowed to defer a portion of their award.
         At September 30, 1998 and 1997, the Company had accrued  liabilities of
         $1,383 and $1,759,  respectively,  relative to such incentive programs.
         For the fiscal years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996,  expenses
         relating to these plans were $1,486, $1,785 and $875, respectively.

10.      Stock Option Plans

         The Company has two stock option plans:  the 1996  Long-Term  Incentive
         Plan  and the 1996  Directors  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Plan  (the
         Directors  Plan). A summary of the status of the Company's stock option
         plans as of  September  30,  1998 and 1997 and the  changes  during the
         fiscal years then ended is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                              1998                             1997
                                                 -------------------------------  -------------------------------
                                                                      Weighted-                       Weighted-
                                                                       average                         average
                                                                      exercise                        exercise
                                                    Shares              price         Shares           price
                                                 --------------  ---------------  --------------  ---------------
         <S>                                     <C>             <C>              <C>             <C>
         Outstanding at beginning of year              438,752           $13.98               -                -
         Granted                                       440,500           $15.97         448,752           $13.87
         Exercised                                           -                -               -                -
         Forfeited                                    (62,002)           $16.85        (10,000)           $14.00
                                                 --------------                   --------------
         Outstanding at end of year                    817,250           $14.84         438,752           $13.98
                                                 ==============                   ==============
         Exercisable at end of year                          -                                -
                                                 ==============                   ==============

</TABLE>
         No options were granted as of September 30, 1996.

         The 1996  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  provides for the granting of four
         types  of  awards  on  a  stand-alone,  combination  or  tandem  basis,
         including   incentive  stock  options,   non-qualified  stock  options,
         restricted  shares  and  performance  stock  awards,  to the  Company's
         executive  officers and key employees.  The incentive stock option plan
         allows  such  employees  to purchase  shares of common  stock at prices
         equal  to the fair  market  value  of the  stock on the date of  grant.
         Options  to  purchase  up to  1,600,000  shares of common  stock may be
         granted under the incentive stock option plan.  Options  outstanding at
         September  30, 1998  totaling  732,250  entitle the holders to purchase
         common  stock at prices  ranging  between  $10.75 and $24.50 per share.
         Options  become  exercisable  with respect to  one-fourth of the shares
         covered thereby on each anniversary of the date of grant, commencing on
         the second  anniversary of the date granted.  The right to exercise the
         options expires 10 years from the date of grant or earlier if an option
         holder  ceases to be  employed  by the  Company.  During the year ended
         September 30, 1998, 20,000 shares of restricted stock were granted.  No
         performance  stock awards have been granted by the Company at September
         30, 1998.

                                       40
<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The  Directors  Plan  provides  for  the  granting  of  options  to the
         Company's directors,  who are not employees of the Company, to purchase
         share of common  stock at prices  equal to the fair market value of the
         stock on the date of grant. Options to purchase up to 250,000 shares of
         common  stock  may  be  granted  under  the  Directors  Plan.   Options
         outstanding  at September 30, 1998 totaling  85,000 entitle the holders
         to purchase  common stock at prices  ranging  between $13.25 and $14.00
         per share.  Options become exercisable over a five-year period from the
         date of grant.  All options  granted under the Directors Plan expire 10
         years from the date of grant.

         The  following  table  summarizes  information  for  options  currently
         outstanding and exercisable at September 30, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Options outstanding                       Options exercisable
                            ------------------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                Weighted
                                                average         Weighted                          Weighted
             Range of                          remaining         average                          average
             exercise           Number        contractual       exercise          Number          exercise
              prices         outstanding          life            price         exercisable        price
         -----------------  ---------------  ---------------  --------------   --------------  ---------------
         <S>                <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>             <C>
         $10-13.25                 228,750               10         $ 11.24                -         $  -
         $14-14                    361,750                8         $ 14.00                -            -
         $17-25                    226,750                9         $ 19.81                -            -
                            ---------------                                    --------------
         $10-25                    817,250                9         $ 14.84                -         $  -
                            ---------------                                    --------------

</TABLE>

         In  conjunction  with  the  Offering,  the  Company  adopted  the  1996
         Executive  Stock  Option  Plan  (Executive   Plan)  pursuant  to  which
         non-qualified  stock options were granted to certain existing executive
         shareholders as of the date the registration  statement relating to the
         Offering became effective to acquire an aggregate 562,500 shares of the
         Company's common stock,  subject to adjustment,  by tendering  existing
         common stock in payment thereof. The options were exercised immediately
         after the Offering and the Executive Plan was subsequently  terminated.
         The exercise  price of all options was the current  market price on the
         date of exercise and all options were exercised by exchanging shares of
         previously  owned common stock. The grant and exercise of options under
         the  Executive  Plan did not result in any  increase in the  beneficial
         ownership of common stock by the plan  participants  from the number of
         shares  owned  at the  time of the  Offering.  Under  the  terms of the
         Executive  Plan,  the shares of common  stock  issued  pursuant  to the
         exercise  of the options  became  freely  transferable,  subject to the
         restriction of the  Stockholder  Agreements  with each of the executive
         shareholders,  on the last day of the sixth  full month  following  the
         date of exercise of such options.  The  provisions  of the  Stockholder
         Agreements, which are subject to modification or waiver by the Company,
         generally  permit  the sale of 25% of such  shares  one year  after the
         Offering, an aggregate 50% of such shares two years after the Offering,
         an aggregate 75% of such shares three years after the Offering and 100%
         of such shares four years after the  Offering.  The shares  tendered in
         exercise of options  granted under the Executive Plan were issued under
         promissory notes due in September 2005 as discussed in Note 12.

         Pro forma disclosures
         The Company  applies APB 25 and related  interpretations  in accounting
         for its stock option plans. Accordingly,  no compensation cost has been
         recognized for the stock options  because the options were granted with
         an exercise  price  equal to the stock price on the date of grant.  Had
         compensation costs for the Company's stock option plans been determined
         based on the fair value of the  options on the grant  dates  consistent
         with the  methodology  prescribed by SFAS 123, the Company's net income
         and earnings per 

                                       41

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         share would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below.
         Due to the adoption of the methodology  prescribed by SFAS 123, the pro
         forma  results  shown  below only  reflect  the impact of stock  option
         awards  granted in fiscal 1998 and 1997.  Because  future  stock option
         awards may be granted, the pro forma impact for fiscal 1998 and 1997 is
         not necessarily indicative of the impact in future years.

                                                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1998             1997
                                                 --------------   --------------
         Net income:
            As reported                             $ 26,798         $ 20,600
            Pro forma                               $ 25,828         $ 20,199

         Diluted earnings per common share:
            As reported                             $   1.86          $  1.60
            Pro forma                               $   1.79          $  1.58

         The fair value of the  options  granted  (which is  amortized  over the
         option  vesting  period  in  determining  the  pro  forma  impact),  is
         estimated  on the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  multiple
         option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

                                                    FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       1998             1997
                                                 --------------   --------------

         Expected life of options                    6 years           6 years

         Risk-free interest rates               4.64 - 5.84%      6.29 - 6.85%

         Expected volatility of stock                    57%               65%

         Expected dividend yield                   0.2%-0.3%              0.1%

         The weighted  average fair value of options  granted  during the fiscal
         years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, was $8.06 and $8.99 per share,
         respectively.

11.      Postretirement benefits

         The Company  has  adopted the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial
         Accounting Standards No. 106, "Employer's Accounting for Postretirement
         Benefits  Other  Than  Pensions"  (OPEB  or SFAS  106).  This  standard
         requires recognition of the cost of providing  postretirement  benefits
         during an employee's period of service.

         The  Company  provides  health  care and life  insurance  benefits  for
         certain  employees who retired prior to November 13, 1987 (less than 30
         retirees at September 30, 1998).  Management plans to fund the premiums
         as incurred,  net of reimbursements  received by plan participants.  At
         September 30, 1998 and 1997,

                                       42

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         respectively,  the Company had a $418 and $422  accrued  postretirement
         benefit obligation, which is included in "other noncurrent liabilities,
         net"  in the  accompanying  financial  statements.  There  are no  plan
         assets.  For  measurement  purposes,  a 7.5%  and 8.5%  annual  rate of
         increase  in  health  care  premiums  was  assumed  for 1998 and  1997,
         respectively;  this rate was assumed to decrease 1% per year to 5.5% in
         2000 and remain at that level thereafter. The weighted average discount
         rate  used  to  determine  the   accumulated   postretirement   benefit
         obligation   was  7.0%  and  7.5%  at  September  30,  1998  and  1997,
         respectively.  The obligation  was calculated  utilizing the 1983 group
         annuity mortality tables.

         The  annual  periodic  postretirement  benefit  cost for the plan years
         beginning July 1, 1998, July 1, 1997 and July 1, 1996 is immaterial.

12.      Related parties

         Under terms of a management consulting and advisory services agreement,
         an affiliate of HGI III, L.P. charges the Company for direct management
         and  administrative  services  provided to the Company based on actual,
         direct  costs for such  services.  Charges of $141,  $601 and $668 were
         recorded by the Company  during the fiscal  years ended  September  30,
         1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

         Under terms of a management consulting and advisory services agreement,
         the Company has paid fees  totaling  $1,224 to  affiliates  of HGI III,
         L.P. in consideration of services provided in identifying,  negotiating
         and  consummating  the  acquisitions  of  TRAK,  Lull and  Snorkel  (as
         described in Note 4); such amount has been  capitalized  as acquisition
         costs and is included in goodwill.

         In periods  prior to the  Offering  in March 1997,  certain  members of
         management  have  purchased  shares  of the  Company's  stock at prices
         determined by the Board of Directors.  The purchase price of the shares
         has been financed by recourse  promissory  notes payable to the Company
         with the  shares  pledged  as  security.  Such  notes are  included  in
         stockholders'  equity  in  the  accompanying   consolidated   financial
         statements.

13.      Customer financing arrangements

         The  Company  has  financing   arrangements  with  certain  third-party
         financing  institutions  to  facilitate  dealer  purchases of equipment
         under  floor  plan  and  rental  fleet   arrangements.   The  aggregate
         outstanding loan balance on a consolidated basis under these agreements
         at  September  30,  1998 and 1997  approximated  $62,351  and  $74,994,
         respectively.  Under  the  Company's  agreements,  the  Company  either
         provides a back-up  guarantee of a dealer's credit or an undertaking to
         repurchase equipment at a discounted price at specified times and under
         specified  circumstances.  The Company's  actual  exposure  under these
         financing  arrangements is  significantly  less than the nominal amount
         outstanding.  Aggregate losses under substantially all of the Company's
         guarantee  obligations  to third  party  lenders  with  respect  to the
         Company's  dealers  in each of the  calendar  years  1998  and 1997 are
         limited to the greater of $1,500 or 5% of the outstanding  loan balance
         at the previous calendar year end (approximately $55,000 and $47,157 at
         December 31, 1997 and 1996, respectively).

         The Company  maintains a reserve for potential  repurchases of loans in
         default under the floor plan arrangements described above. This reserve
         is included in other current liabilities and totaled approximately $909
         and $949 at September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  Historically,
         losses under the repurchase  provisions of the floor plan  arrangements
         have not been material and have been within management's expectations.

                                       43

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         In conjunction with these floor plan  arrangements,  the Company incurs
         dealer-related  financing charges at varying rates for a maximum period
         of six months.  The financing  charges  incurred by the Company for the
         fiscal  years  ended   September  30,  1998,  1997  and  1996  for  all
         outstanding customer financing  arrangements totaled $2,597, $2,259 and
         $1,981, respectively.

14.      Concentrations of credit

         The  Company  principally  sells its  products  through a  distribution
         network and  through  national  rental  fleets.  The  Company  performs
         ongoing  credit  evaluations of its  customers.  The Company  maintains
         reserves for potential credit losses and historically  such losses have
         been within  management's  expectations.  Including  the effects of the
         consolidation of certain of the Company's  customers in fiscal 1998, at
         September  30, 1998 and 1997,  the  Company's  five  largest  customers
         represented   approximately  29%  and  17%,   respectively,   of  trade
         receivables.  In addition, sales to such customers for the fiscal years
         ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996  approximated 46%, 22% and 21%,
         respectively,  of the  Company's  net sales.  In the fiscal  year ended
         September 30, 1998,  two  individual  customers each accounted for more
         than 10% of net sales. No individual  customer  accounted for more than
         10% of net sales for the fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1997 and
         1996.

15.      Contingencies

         The  Company  is  included  in  various  litigation  consisting  almost
         entirely of product and general  liability claims arising in the normal
         course of business.  The Company maintains  insurance policies relative
         to product and general  liability claims and has provided  reserves for
         the estimated cost of the self-insured  retention;  accordingly,  these
         actions, when ultimately concluded, are not expected to have a material
         adverse  effect on the  financial  position,  cash  flows or results of
         operations of the Company.

16.      Supplemental balance sheet information

                                                         September 30,
                                                     1998              1997
                                                --------------    --------------
         Accounts receivable:
            Trade receivables                      $ 67,610          $ 22,040
            Less allowance for doubtful accounts    (1,295)             (504)
            Other receivables                           265             1,153
                                                --------------    --------------
                                                   $ 66,580          $ 22,689
                                                ==============    ==============


                                                         September 30,
                                                     1998              1997
                                                --------------    --------------
         Inventories:
            Finished goods                        $ 15,651          $  6,090
            Work in process                         11,751             3,694
            Raw materials                           43,521            18,313
            Unbilled government contract costs         142             2,859
                                                --------------    --------------
                                                  $ 71,065          $ 30,956
                                                ==============    ==============

                                       44
<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


         Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
            Deferred income taxes                 $  8,021          $  5,270
            Other                                    1,999             1,370
                                                --------------    --------------
                                                  $ 10,020          $  6,640
                                                ==============    ==============

         Property, plant and equipment:
            Machinery and equipment               $ 35,040          $ 11,265
            Buildings and building improvements     11,814             7,465
            Land and land improvements               1,010               851
            Construction in progress                 1,294               763
                                                --------------    --------------
            Total property, plant and equipment,                    
               at cost                              49,158            20,344
            Less:  accumulated depreciation         (7,783)           (3,214)
                                                --------------    --------------
                                                  $ 41,375          $ 17,130
                                                ==============    ==============

         Accrued liabilities:
          Accrued employee compensation and benefits,
           including related taxes                $  4,648          $  2,314
          Accrued customer rebates                   8,747             5,043
          Other accrued warranty                     6,470             3,306
          Accrued incentive compensation             1,383             1,571
          Product liability reserves                 1,639             1,118
          Accrued income taxes                       4,072
          Other                                      4,914             3,478
                                               --------------     --------------
                                                  $ 31,873          $ 16,830
                                               ==============     ==============

17.      Earnings per share of common stock

         In accordance with SFAS 128, the following  represents  reconciliations
         of  income  before  extraordinary  loss  and  weighted  average  shares
         outstanding between basic and diluted earnings per share for the fiscal
         years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      For the fiscal year ended September 30, (in thousands)
                                                 1998                          1997                          1996
                                        Income before                 Income before                Income before
                                        extraordinary                 extraordinary                extraordinary
                                            loss        Shares            loss         Shares           loss        Shares
         <S>                            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
         Basic                                $ 27,343    14,261             $ 21,382    12,845            $ 6,356    11,250
         Effect of dilutive securities:
            Stock options                            -       131                    -        60                  -         -
                                       --------------------------   ----------------------------  ---------------------------
         Diluted                              $ 27,343    14,392             $ 21,382    12,905            $ 6,356    11,250
                                       ==========================   ============================  ===========================

</TABLE>

                                       45

<PAGE>

OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
September 30, 1998
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18.      Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

         Summarized, unaudited  quarterly  financial data for fiscal 1998,  1997
         and 1996 appears below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             For the fiscal year ended
                                                                                     September 30,
                                                                        1998            1997            1996
                                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------
         <S>                                                        <C>             <C>             <C>
         Net Sales
            First Quarter                                                $ 84,575        $ 59,166        $ 23,487
            Second Quarter                                                119,378          63,452          27,578
            Third Quarter                                                 119,654          74,708          30,449
            Fourth Quarter                                                132,046          66,887          43,347
                                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                        $ 455,653       $ 264,213       $ 124,861
                                                                    =============   ==============  ==============

         Gross Profit
            First Quarter                                                $ 21,142        $ 15,279        $  6,156
            Second Quarter                                                 27,493          17,107           7,234
            Third Quarter                                                  27,496          20,413           7,745
            Fourth Quarter                                                 29,938          19,144          11,038
                                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                        $ 106,069        $ 71,943        $ 32,173
                                                                    =============   ==============  ==============

         Net Income
            First Quarter                                                $  4,995        $  3,978         $   963
            Second Quarter                                                  6,899           4,015           1,352
            Third Quarter                                                   6,939           6,643           1,573
            Fourth Quarter                                                  7,965           5,964           2,154
                                                                    --------------  --------------  --------------
                                                                         $ 26,798        $ 20,600        $  6,042
                                                                    =============   ==============  ==============

         Diluted Earnings Per Share
            First Quarter                                                 $  0.35         $  0.35         $  0.09
            Second Quarter                                                   0.48            0.35            0.12
            Third Quarter                                                    0.48            0.46            0.13
            Fourth Quarter                                                   0.56            0.41            0.19

</TABLE>


                                       46

<PAGE>

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
         Financial Disclosure.

              None.


                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant

              A  definitive  proxy  statement  is  expected to be filed with the
Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the  "Commission")  on or about January 7,
1999.  The  information  required  by this item is set forth  under the  caption
"Election of Directors",  under the caption  "Executive  Officers" and under the
caption  "Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance"  of  the
definitive  proxy  statement,   which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference thereto.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

              The  information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under the
caption  "Executive  Compensation"  of the  definitive  proxy  statement,  which
information is incorporated herein by reference thereto.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

              The  information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under the
caption "Security  Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" of the
definitive  proxy  statement,   which  information  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference thereto.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

              The  information  required  by this  item is set  forth  under the
caption  "Certain  Transactions"  of  the  definitive  proxy  statement,   which
information is incorporated herein by reference thereto.








                                       47
<PAGE>

                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K

1.  Financial Statements

              The following consolidated financial statements of the Company and
its  subsidiaries  and report of independent  accountants are filed as a part of
this Report:

    Report of Independent Accountants

    Consolidated   Balance  Sheets  at  September  30,  1998  and  1997

    Consolidated  Statements  of  Income  for the  fiscal  years  ended
    September  30,  1998,  1997 and  1996  

    Consolidated  Statements of Changes in Stockholders'  Equity for the fiscal
    years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

    Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended September
    30, 1998, 1997 and 1996

    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2.  Financial Statement Schedules

    Report of Independent Accountants on Financial Statement Schedule        S-1

    Schedule II - Rule 12-09 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and           S-2
    Reserves for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 1998 and 1997

              All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or
the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3.  Exhibits

              The  exhibits  listed on the  accompanying  Index to Exhibits  are
filed as part of this Report.

4.  Reports on Form 8-K

              On August  21,  1998,  a  Current  Report on Form 8-K was filed to
report,  pursuant  to Item 5 thereof,  the  adoption of a Rights  Agreement  and
declaration by the Board of Directors of the Company of a dividend  distribution
of one  Right  for each  outstanding  share of Common  Stock of the  Company  to
stockholders of record at the close of business on August 31, 1998.


                                       48

<PAGE>

                                INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit                              Description
- -------                              -----------

2.1      Asset  Purchase  Agreement,  dated as of July 19,  1997,  by and  among
         Figgie  International  Inc.,  Figgie  International  Real Estate  Inc.,
         Figgie  Properties  Inc.,  Figgie  Licensing  Corporation,  Figgie Risk
         Management  Co.  and  SKL  Lift,  Inc.  (filed  as  Exhibit  2.1 to the
         Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with the  Commission  on
         December 2, 1997 (the "December 1997 8-K") and  incorporated  herein by
         reference thereto)
2.2      Amendment,  dated  as of  November  9,  1997,  by  and  between  Figgie
         International  Inc.  and SKL Lift,  Inc.  (filed as Exhibit  2.2 to the
         December 1997 8-K and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
3.1      Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the  Registrant  (filed as
         Exhibit  3.1  to the  Company's  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1
         (Registration No.  333-13181),  filed with the Commission on October 1,
         1996,  as amended on  November  12,  1996 and  February  20,  1997 (the
         "Registration Statement") and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
3.2      Amended  By-laws  of  the  Registrant  (filed  as  Exhibit  3.2  to the
         Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with the  Commission  on
         October 2, 1998 (the  "October  1998 8-K") and  incorporated  herein by
         reference thereto)
4.1      Rights Agreement,  dated as of August 21, 1998, by and between OmniQuip
         International,  Inc. and First  Chicago  Trust  Company of New York, as
         Rights Agent.  The Rights  Agreement  includes as Exhibit A thereto the
         Certificate  of  Designations,  Preferences  and  Rights  of  Series  A
         Preferred Stock of OmniQuip  International,  Inc., as Exhibit B thereto
         the Form of Rights  Certificate and as Exhibit C thereto the Summary of
         Rights to Purchase  Series A Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 4 to the
         Company's  Current  Report on Form 8-K  filed  with the  Commission  on
         August 21, 1998 and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
4.2      Amendment  No. 1 to Rights  Agreement,  dated as of October 2, 1998, by
         and  between  OmniQuip  International,  Inc.  and First  Chicago  Trust
         Company of New York, as Rights Agent (filed as Exhibit 4 to the October
         1998 8-K and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.1    Purchase and  Stockholder  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and
         between  Uniquip  Corporation and P. Enoch Stiff (filed as Exhibit 10.1
         to the  Registration  Statement  and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto)
*10.2    Stock Pledge  Agreement,  dated  September  20, 1995, by and between P.
         Enoch  Stiff and  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.2 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.3    $126,859  Promissory  Note, dated September 20, 1995, by P. Enoch Stiff
         to  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.3 to the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.4    Letter  Agreement,  dated  September  20, 1995, by and between P. Enoch
         Stiff  and  Uniquip   Corporation   (filed  as  Exhibit   10.4  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.5    Amendment  to  Promissory  Note  and  Stock  Pledge  Agreement,   dated
         September 30, 1996, by and between OmniQuip International,  Inc. and P.
         Enoch Stiff (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the  Registration  Statement  and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.6    Investment  Agreement,  dated August 16, 1995,  by and between P. Enoch
         Stiff and Harbour Group Investments III, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to
         the  Registration   Statement  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference
         thereto)
*10.7    Participation Agreement, dated August 16, 1995, by and between P. Enoch
         Stiff and Harbour Group Investments III, L.P. (filed as Exhibit 10.7 to
         the  Registration   Statement  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference
         thereto)
*10.8    Purchase and  Stockholder  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and
         between Uniquip Corporation and James H. Hook (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to
         the  Registration   Statement  and  incorporated  herein  by  reference
         thereto)
*10.9    Stock Pledge Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and between James
         H.  Hook  and  

                                       49

<PAGE>

         Uniquip  Corporation   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.9  to  the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.10   $47,572  Promissory Note, dated September 20, 1995, by James H. Hook to
         Uniquip  Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.10  to  the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.11   Letter  Agreement,  dated  September  20, 1995, by and between James H.
         Hook  and  Uniquip   Corporation   (filed  as  Exhibit   10.11  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.12   Amendment  to  Promissory  Note  and  Stock  Pledge  Agreement,   dated
         September 30, 1996,  by and between  OmniQuip  International,  Inc. and
         James H. Hook (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration Statement and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.13   Purchase and  Stockholder  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and
         between Uniquip Corporation and Curtis J. Laetz (filed as Exhibit 10.13
         to the  Registration  Statement  and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto)
*10.14   Stock Pledge Agreement, dated September 20, 1995, by and between Curtis
         J.  Laetz  and  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.14 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.15   $47,572  Promissory  Note, dated September 20, 1995, by Curtis J. Laetz
         to  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as Exhibit  10.15 to the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.16   Letter  Agreement,  dated  September 20, 1995, by and between Curtis J.
         Laetz  and  Uniquip   Corporation   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.16  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.17   Amendment  to  Promissory  Note  and  Stock  Pledge  Agreement,   dated
         September 30, 1996,  by and between  OmniQuip  International,  Inc. and
         Curtis J. Laetz (filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the  Registration  Statement
         and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.18   Purchase and  Stockholder  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and
         between Uniquip Corporation and Robert D. Melin (filed as Exhibit 10.18
         to the  Registration  Statement  and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto)
*10.19   Stock Pledge Agreement, dated September 20, 1995, by and between Robert
         D.  Melin  and  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.19 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.20   $47,572  Promissory  Note, dated September 20, 1995, by Robert D. Melin
         to  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as Exhibit  10.20 to the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.21   Letter  Agreement,  dated  September 20, 1995, by and between Robert D.
         Melin  and  Uniquip   Corporation   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.21  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.22   Amendment  to  Promissory  Note  and  Stock  Pledge  Agreement,   dated
         September 30, 1996,  by and between  OmniQuip  International,  Inc. and
         Robert D. Melin (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the  Registration  Statement
         and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.23   Purchase and  Stockholder  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and
         between Uniquip  Corporation and Paul D. Roblee (filed as Exhibit 10.23
         to the  Registration  Statement  and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto)
*10.24   Stock Pledge  Agreement,  dated September 20, 1995, by and between Paul
         D.  Roblee  and  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.24 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.25   $47,572 Promissory Note, dated September 20, 1995, by Paul D. Roblee to
         Uniquip  Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.25  to  the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.26   Letter  Agreement,  dated  September  20, 1995,  by and between Paul D.
         Roblee  and  Uniquip   Corporation  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.26  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.27   Amendment  to  Promissory  Note  and  Stock  Pledge  Agreement,   dated
         September 30, 1996,  by

                                       50

<PAGE>

         and between OmniQuip  International,  Inc. and Paul D. Roblee (filed as
         Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration  Statement and incorporated herein by
         reference thereto)
*10.28   OmniQuip International, Inc. 1996 Executive Stock Option Plan (filed as
         Exhibit 10.28 to the Registration  Statement and incorporated herein by
         reference thereto)
*10.29   Form of Option Agreement pursuant to the OmniQuip  International,  Inc.
         1996  Executive  Stock  Option  Plan  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.29 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.30   OmniQuip  International,  Inc. 1996 Long Term  Incentive Plan (filed as
         Exhibit 10.30 to the Registration  Statement and incorporated herein by
         reference thereto)
*10.31   OmniQuip International,  Inc. 1996 Directors Non-Qualified Stock Option
         Plan  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.31  to  the  Registration  Statement  and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
*10.32   Form of Option Agreement pursuant to the OmniQuip  International,  Inc.
         1996 Directors  Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.32
         to the  Registration  Statement  and  incorporated  herein by reference
         thereto)
10.33    Insurance  Agreement,  dated September 27, 1996, by and between Harbour
         Group Ltd.  and  Uniquip  Corporation  (filed as  Exhibit  10.39 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.34    Corporate   Development   Consulting  and  Advisory   Services   Letter
         Agreement,   dated   September  30,  1996,  by  and  between   OmniQuip
         International,  Inc.  and  Harbour  Group  Industries,  Inc.  (filed as
         Exhibit 10.40 to the Registration  Statement and incorporated herein by
         reference thereto)
10.35    Operations  Consulting and Advisory  Services Letter  Agreement,  dated
         September 30, 1996,  by and between  OmniQuip  International,  Inc. and
         Harbour  Group  Ltd.  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.41  to  the  Registration
         Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.36    Collective  Bargaining  Agreement,  effective  from November 1, 1994 to
         October 31,  1998,  by and between TRAK  International,  Inc. and Local
         1430,  District No. 10  International  Association  of  Machinists  and
         Aerospace Workers (filed as Exhibit 10.48 to the Registration Statement
         and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.37    Contract No.  DAAE0795DR012  between TRAK International,  Inc. and U.S.
         Army   Tank-Automotive   Command   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.49P  to  the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.38    Floorplan Repurchase  Agreement,  dated October 2, 1990, by and between
         TRAK  International,  Inc. and Deutsche Financial Services and Addendum
         to Floorplan Repurchase Agreement,  dated June 14, 1993, by and between
         TRAK  International,  Inc. and Deutsche  Financial  Services  (Deutsche
         Financial Services as successor to ITT Commercial Finance Corp. and ITT
         Commercial Finance, a division of ITT Industries of Canada Ltd.) (filed
         as Exhibit 10.50 to the Registration  Statement and incorporated herein
         by reference thereto)
10.39    Letter   Agreement,   dated  August  21,  1996,  by  and  between  TRAK
         International,  Inc. and Deutsche  Financial Services (filed as Exhibit
         10.51  to  the  Registration   Statement  and  incorporated  herein  by
         reference thereto)
10.40    Agreement, dated January 19, 1995, between CBM Industries,  Inc., d/b/a
         RJ Associates and Lull Industries,  Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.53 to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)

10.41    Industrial Park Lease,  dated April 1, 1995, by and between the City of
         Oakes  and  Lull  Industries,  Inc.  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.54  to the
         Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.42    Indemnification  Agreement by and among OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,
         Harbour Group  Investments III, L.P. and Uniquip-HGI  Associates,  L.P.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q
         filed with the  Commission  on May 15,  1997 (the "May 1997  10-Q") and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.43    Underwriting  Agreement,  dated March 20, 1997,  by and among  OmniQuip
         International,  Inc., Harbour Group Investments III, L.P.,  Uniquip-HGI
         Associates, L.P., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,  Credit Suisse
         First Boston  Corporation,  Schroder  Wertheim & Co.  Incorporated  and
         Robert W. Baird & Co.  Incorporated,  as representatives of the several
         U.S.  underwriters,  and 

                                       51

<PAGE>

         Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited,  Credit Suisse First Boston
         (Europe) Limited, J. Henry Schroder & Co. Limited and Robert W. Baird &
         Co.  Incorporated,  as  representatives  of the  several  international
         underwriters   (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  May  1997  10-Q  and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.44    Credit  Agreement,  dated  November  17,  1997,  by and among  OmniQuip
         International,  Inc., the certain  lending  institutions  party thereto
         from time to time,  Morgan Stanley Senior Funding,  Inc. as Syndication
         Agent and Arranger,  and First Union National  Bank, as  Administrative
         Agent and Co-Arranger (filed as Exhibit 10 to the December 1997 8-K and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.45    Business  Premises  Lease  Agreement,  dated  October 27, 1997,  by and
         between Garden Way Incorporated and TRAK International,  Inc. (filed as
         Exhibit  10.55 to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with
         the  Commission  on  December  24,  1997 (the  "1997  Form  10-K")  and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.46    Lease Agreement,  dated May 15, 1997, by and between B.M.S. Management,
         Inc. and Snorkel,  a division of Figgie  International  Inc.  (filed as
         Exhibit  10.56  to the  1997  Form  10-K  and  incorporated  herein  by
         reference thereto)
10.47    Lease Agreement,  dated February 1, 1994, by and between SJ Associates,
         L.P.  and  Snorkel-Economy,  a division  of Figgie  International  Inc.
         (filed as Exhibit 10.57 to the 1997 Form 10-K and  incorporated  herein
         by reference thereto)
10.48    Land Lease,  dated as of November  17,  1997,  by and between SKL Lift,
         Inc. and Figgie  International Real Estate Inc. (filed as Exhibit 10.58
         to the 1997 Form 10-K and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.49    Deed of Lease,  dated as of November 17, 1997,  by and between  Snorkel
         Elevating Work Platforms Limited and Figgie  International  Real Estate
         Inc.  (filed as  Exhibit  10.59 to the 1997 Form 10-K and  incorporated
         herein by reference thereto)
10.50    Agreement  for  Trademark  Assignment  and  License-Back,  dated  as of
         November  17, 1997,  by and between  Iveco  Magirus  Brandschutztechnik
         GmbH,  Figgie  International  Inc. and SKL Lift, Inc. (filed as Exhibit
         10.60 to the  1997  Form  10-K and  incorporated  herein  by  reference
         thereto)
*10.51   Amended  and  Restated  Management  Agreement  dated as of June 9, 1997
         between  Figgie  International  Inc.  and  Richard A.  Solon  (filed as
         Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with
         the  Commission  on February  17, 1998 (the  "February  1998 10-Q") and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.52    Non-Competition  Agreement  dated  as of June 9,  1997  between  Figgie
         International  Inc.  and Richard A. Solon (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the
         February 1998 10-Q and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.53    Underwriting  Agreement,  dated March 11, 1998,  by and among  OmniQuip
         International,  Inc., P. Enoch Stiff,  Harbour Group  Investments  III,
         L.P.,   Uniquip-HGI   Associates,   L.P.  and  Morgan   Stanley  &  Co.
         Incorporated,  Credit Suisse First Boston  Corporation,  Schroder & Co.
         Inc. and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated,  as representatives of the
         several  U.S.  underwriters,  and  Morgan  Stanley & Co.  International
         Limited, Credit Suisse First Boston (Europe) Limited, J. Henry Schroder
         &  Co.   Limited   and   Robert  W.  Baird  &  Co.   Incorporated,   as
         representatives  of the several  international  underwriters  (filed as
         Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's  Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with
         the  Commission on May 15, 1998 (the "May 1998 10-Q") and  incorporated
         herein by reference thereto)
10.54    Indemnification  Agreement, dated March 11, 1998, by and among OmniQuip
         International,  Inc., Harbour Group Investments III, L.P.,  Uniquip-HGI
         Associates,  L.P.  and P. Enoch Stiff (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the May
         1998 10-Q and incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.55    Lease,  dated as of June 30, 1998,  between PW Investment  LLC and TRAK
         International,  Inc.  (filed as Exhibit 10 to the  Company's  Quarterly
         Report on Form 10-Q filed with the  Commission  on August 10,  1998 and
         incorporated herein by reference thereto)
10.56    Lease  Agreement,  dated  August 19,  1998,  by and between Duke Realty
         Minnesota, LLC and Lull International, Inc.
10.57    Collective  Bargaining  Agreement,  effective  from November 1, 1998 to
         October 31,  2003,  by and between TRAK  International,  Inc. and Local
         1430,  District No. 10  International  Association  of  Machinists  and
         Aerospace Workers

                                       52


<PAGE>

*10.58   Letter  Agreement,  dated  October 1,  1998,  by and  between  OmniQuip
         International, Inc. and P. Enoch Stiff
*10.59   Letter  Agreement,  dated  October 1,  1998,  by and  between  OmniQuip
         International, Inc. and Curtis J. Laetz
*10.60   Letter  Agreement,  dated  October 1,  1998,  by and  between  OmniQuip
         International, Inc. and Richard G. Mueller
*10.61   Letter  Agreement,  dated  October 1,  1998,  by and  between  OmniQuip
         International, Inc. and Richard A. Solon
    21   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
    23   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
    24   Powers of Attorney
    27   Financial Data Schedule

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.












                                       53

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the registrant has duly caused this report to
be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      OmniQuip International, Inc.

                                      By:/s/ Philip G. Franklin
                                         ------------------------
                                         Philip G. Franklin
                                         Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial
                                         Officer, Treasurer and Secretary

December 28, 1998

              Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended,  this report has been signed below by the following persons on
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on December 28, 1998.

            *                 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
________________________      (Principal executive officer)
     P. Enoch Stiff


/s/ Philip G. Franklin        Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer,
________________________      Treasurer and Secretary (Principal financial and
    Philip G. Franklin        accounting officer)


            *                 Director and Chairman of the Board
- ------------------------
  Donald E. Nickelson


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
     Peter S. Finley


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
      Jeffrey L. Fox


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
     Samuel A. Hamacher


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
       Paul W. Jones


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
      Jerry E. Ritter



                                       54
<PAGE>


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
  Joseph F. Shaughnessy


            *                 Director
- ------------------------
    Robert L. Virgil


By: /s/ Philip G. Franklin
   -----------------------
   Philip G. Franklin
   Attorney-in-Fact



- ------------------

* Such signature has been affixed pursuant to the following Power of Attorney:







                                       55
<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE  PRESENTS,  that the person  whose  signature
appears  below  constitutes  and  appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G.  Franklin,
Curtis J. Laetz and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and each of them,  his true and lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.










                                       56
<PAGE>

                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE





To the Board of Directors and
    Stockholders of OmniQuip International, Inc.



Our audits of the consolidated  financial  statements  referred to in our report
dated November 3, 1998,  listed at Item 14. 1. of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
of OmniQuip  International,  Inc. for the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1998
also included an audit of the Financial Statement Schedule listed at Item 14. 2.
of such Form 10-K. In our opinion,  the Financial  Statement  Schedule  presents
fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in
conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

St. Louis, Missouri
November 3, 1998






                                      S-1

<PAGE>

                                                                     SCHEDULE II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.

            Rule 12-09 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
                  for the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1998
                                 (in thousands)

                 Column A                     Column B             Column C              Column D     Column E
- -------------------------------------------- ------------  -------------------------- ------------   -----------
                                                                   Additions
                                                           --------------------------
                                             Balance at    Charged to                                Balance at
                                              Beginning     Costs and    Charged to                    End of
                                                 of         Expenses       Other                       Period
      Valuation and Reserve Accounts           Period                   Accounts(1)   Deductions
- -------------------------------------------- ------------  ------------ ------------- ------------   -----------

<S>                                          <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>            
Accounts receivable reserve............      $   504       $153         $  753        $ 115          $1,295
                                             =======       ====         ======        =====          ======
Excess and obsolete inventory
   reserves............................      $2,273        $  7         $1,808        $ 439          $3,649
                                             ======        ====         ======        =====          ======

</TABLE>

(1) Relates to the acquisition of Snorkel on November 17, 1997.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            Rule 12-09 Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
                  for the Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 1997
                                 (in thousands)

                 Column A                     Column B             Column C             Column D     Column E
- -------------------------------------------- ------------  ------------------------- ------------   -----------
                                                                  Additions
                                                           -------------------------
                                             Balance at    Charged to                               Balance at
                                              Beginning     Costs and   Charged to                    End of
                                                 of         Expenses       Other                      Period
      Valuation and Reserve Accounts           Period                    Accounts    Deductions
- -------------------------------------------- ------------  ------------ ------------ ------------   -----------
<S>                                          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>
Accounts receivable reserve............      $   351       $164         $   --       $  11          $   504
                                             =======       ====         ======       =====          =======
Excess and obsolete inventory
   reserves............................      $2,482        $420         $   --       $629           $2,273
                                             ======        ====         ======       ====           ======
</TABLE>




                                      S-2






PHG/JKB/kk
7/18/98

                                 LEASE AGREEMENT


          THIS LEASE is executed  this 19th day of August,  1998, by and between
DUKE REALTY MINNESOTA,  LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company ("Landlord"),
and LULL INTERNATIONAL, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Tenant").

                                   WITNESSETH:

                          ARTICLE 1 - LEASE OF PREMISES

          Section 1.01.  Basic Lease Provisions and Definitions.

A.        Leased Premises  Address:  2444  Enterprise  Drive,  Mendota  Heights,
          Minnesota  55120 (the  "Building");  located in Enterprise  Industrial
          Center (the "Park");

B.        Rentable Area: approximately 39,648 square feet;

          Landlord shall use  commercially  reasonable  standards,  consistently
          applied, in determining the Rentable Area and the rentable area of the
          Building.  The Rentable  Area shall include the area within the Leased
          Premises  plus a pro rata  portion  of the area  covered by the common
          areas within the Building,  as reasonably  determined by Landlord from
          time to time.  Landlord's  determination of Rentable Area made in good
          faith shall conclusively be deemed correct for all purposes hereunder,
          including without limitation the calculation of Tenant's Proportionate
          Share and Tenant's Minimum Annual Rent.

C.        Tenant's Proportionate Share: 23.92%;

D.        Annual Base Rent:

               10/01/98 - 09/30/99              $119,736.96
               10/01/99 - 09/30/01              $151,058.88 per year
               10/01/01 - 09/30/04              $160,970.88 per year;

E.        Monthly Rental Installments:

               10/01/98 - 09/30/99              $  9,978.08 per month
               10/01/99 - 09/30/01              $ 12,588.24 per month
               10/01/01 - 09/30/04              $ 13,414.24 per month;

F.        Term:  Six (6) years;

G.        Commencement Date:  October 1, 1998;

H.        Security Deposit:  $13,400.00;

I.        Guarantor:  None;

J.        Broker:   Duke  Realty  Services  Limited   Partnership   representing
          Landlord;

          Duke Realty Services  Limited  Partnership will not share the broker's
          compensation with other brokers who may represent Tenant.  Landlord is
          solely  responsible  for Duke Realty  Services  Limited  Partnership's
          brokerage compensation and will hold Tenant harmless therefrom.


<PAGE>

K.        Permitted  Use:  Office and  Warehouse  Use  including for example and
          without   limitation   for   stocking,    service   training,    light
          manufacturing, painting and subassembly operations (provided, however,
          that in the event Tenant uses the Leased  Premises for  painting,  the
          same shall be done in a paint booth in a location mutually agreed upon
          by both Landlord and Tenant);

L.        Addresses for notices:

          Landlord:       Duke Realty Minnesota, LLC
                          856 Fifth Street South
                          Hopkins, MN  55343-7750

          Tenant:         Lull International, Inc.
                          2444 Enterprise Drive
                          Mendota Heights, MN  55120

          With a
          Copy to:        OmniQuip International, Inc.
                          222 East Main Street
                          Port Washington, WI  53074

          Address for rental and other payments:

                          Duke Realty Minnesota, LLC
                          NW 7210
                          P.O. Box 1450
                          Minneapolis, MN  55485-7210

          Section 1.02.  Leased  Premises.  Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and
Tenant  leases from  Landlord,  subject to all of the terms and  conditions  set
forth  herein,  that  portion  of the  Building  described  in the  Basic  Lease
Provisions  consisting of approximately 39,648 rentable square feet and outlined
on Exhibit A attached  hereto (the "Leased  Premises").  Landlord also grants to
Tenant,  together  with and subject to the rights  granted  from time to time by
Landlord to other tenants and  occupants of the  Building,  the right to use the
common  areas and parking  area  adjoining  the  Building.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing sentence, Landlord grants to Tenant and its customers and invitees the
right to exclusive  use of not less than fifty percent (50%) of the parking area
to the east of the Leased Premises.  In the event parking issues arise, Landlord
and Tenant  hereby agree to work  together in good faith to resolve said parking
issues.

                         ARTICLE 2 - TERM AND POSSESSION

          Section 2.01. Term. The term of this Lease ("Lease Term") shall be the
period of time specified in the Basic Lease Provisions and shall commence on the
Commencement  Date  described  in the Basic  Lease  Provisions.  Upon  tender of
possession  of the Leased  Premises  to Tenant,  Tenant  shall have the right to
inspect the same and provided the Leased Premises are in the condition  required
by the Lease,  Tenant agrees to execute a letter of understanding  acknowledging
(i) the  Commencement  Date of this Lease, and (ii) that Tenant has accepted the
Leased  Premises for  occupancy  and that the  condition of the Leased  Premises
(including any tenant finish improvements  constructed thereon) and the Building
was at the time satisfactory and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease
in all respects. 

                                      -2-

<PAGE>


Such letter of understanding  shall become a part of this Lease. If Tenant takes
possession of and occupies the Leased  Premises,  Tenant shall be deemed to have
accepted the Leased Premises as described above, even though Tenant may not have
executed the letter of understanding.

          Section  2.02.   Construction  of  Tenant  Improvements.   Tenant  has
personally  inspected  the Leased  Premises and accepts the same "as is" without
representation  or  warranty  by Landlord  of any kind,  except  Landlord  shall
construct  in a good and  workmanlike  manner  the  improvements  in the  Leased
Premises in accordance  with Tenant's  plans and  specifications  which shall be
mutually  agreed upon by both Landlord and Tenant and attached hereto as Exhibit
B,  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  Fifty-nine  Thousand  Dollars  ($59,000.00)
("Landlord's   Allowance").   Landlord   agrees   to   competitively   bid  such
improvements.  In the event Landlord receives a bid from a qualified,  reputable
general  contractor  capable  of  performing  the  work on the  improvements  as
provided herein, and such bid is less than Fifty Thousand Dollars  ($50,000.00),
Tenant shall be entitled to add additional work to the improvements set forth in
Exhibit B up to a total  cost of Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000.00).  Tenant
hereby acknowledges and agrees that all costs in excess of Landlord's  Allowance
(in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  Twenty-five  Thousand  Dollars   ($25,000.00))
("Amortized  Amount")  will be amortized at an interest  rate of eleven  percent
(11%)  per annum and paid by  Tenant  as  Additional  Rent over the Lease  Term;
provided,  that such excess  costs  shall be in  conformity  with  Exhibit B and
mutually  agreed upon by both  Landlord  and Tenant.  Any costs in excess of the
Amortized  Amount shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within thirty (30) days of
Tenant's receipt of Landlord's  invoice therefor.  In addition,  Landlord hereby
agrees to upgrade the existing  sprinkler system in the Building,  at Landlord's
sole expense.

          Section  2.03.  Surrender  of the  Premises.  Upon the  expiration  or
earlier termination of this Lease, or upon the exercise by Landlord of its right
to  re-enter  the Leased  Premises  (as a result of  Tenant's  default)  without
terminating this Lease,  Tenant shall immediately  surrender the Leased Premises
to Landlord, in broom-clean  condition and in good order,  condition and repair,
except for ordinary  wear and tear and damage  which Tenant is not  obligated to
repair.  Tenant shall also remove its personal property,  trade fixtures and any
of Tenant's  alterations  designated  by  Landlord;  promptly  repair any damage
caused by such  removal;  and  restore  the  Leased  Premises  to the  condition
existing prior to the  installation of the items so removed.  If Tenant fails to
do so,  Landlord may restore the Leased  Premises to such  condition at Tenant's
expense,  and Landlord may cause all of said  property to be removed at Tenant's
expense,  and Tenant  hereby  agrees to pay all the costs and  expenses  thereby
reasonably incurred. All property of Tenant which is not removed within ten (10)
days following  Landlord's written demand therefor shall be conclusively  deemed
to have been  abandoned by Tenant,  and Landlord shall be entitled to dispose of
such property without thereby incurring any liability to Tenant.  The provisions
of this section shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Lease.


                                       -3-


<PAGE>

          Section 2.04. Holding Over. If Tenant retains possession of the Leased
Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall
become a tenant from month to month at 200% of the Monthly Rental Installment in
effect at the end of the Lease Term (plus Additional Rent as provided in Article
3  hereof),  and  otherwise  upon the terms,  covenants  and  conditions  herein
specified,  so far as  applicable.  Acceptance  by  Landlord  of rent after such
expiration or earlier  termination  shall not result in a renewal of this Lease,
and Tenant  shall  vacate and  surrender  the Leased  Premises to Landlord  upon
Tenant  being given  thirty  (30) days prior  written  notice  from  Landlord to
vacate.

                                ARTICLE 3 - RENT

          Section 3.01.  Base Rent.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Annual Base
Rent for the Leased  Premises the sum  specified in the Basic Lease  Provisions,
payable in equal consecutive Monthly Rental  Installments,  in advance,  without
deduction  or offset,  beginning on the  Commencement  Date and on or before the
first day of each and every calendar month thereafter during the Lease Term. The
Monthly Rental  Installment for partial  calendar months shall be prorated based
on the number of days  during the month this Lease was in effect in  relation to
the total number of days in such month.

          Section  3.02.  Additional  Rent.  In addition to the Annual Base Rent
specified in this Lease, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord for each calendar year
during the Lease Term, as "Additional  Rent," Tenant's  Proportionate  Share (as
described  in the Basic Lease  Provisions)  of all costs,  charges and  expenses
incurred by Landlord  during the Lease Term for Real Estate Taxes and  Operating
Expenses for the Building and  appurtenant  common areas  (collectively  "Common
Area Charges").

          "Operating  Expenses"  shall  mean  all  of  Landlord's  expenses  for
operation, repair, replacement and maintenance as necessary to keep the Building
and appurtenant common areas in good order,  condition and repair (including all
additional  direct  costs and  expenses  of  operation  and  maintenance  of the
Building  which  Landlord  reasonably  determines it would have paid or incurred
during such year if the Building had been fully  occupied),  including,  but not
limited to, service and other charges  incurred in the operation and maintenance
of the electrical systems, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and
sprinkler and plumbing systems; management fees; utilities; stormwater discharge
fees; license,  permit,  inspection and other fees;  environmental and pollution
testing and consultation fees related thereto;  fees and assessments  imposed by
any covenants or owners'  association;  tools and supplies;  security  services;
insurance  premiums;  and  maintenance  and repair of the  driveways and parking
areas (including snow removal), exterior lighting facilities,  landscaped areas,
walkways,  curbs,  drainage  strips,  sewer lines,  exterior walls,  foundation,
structural frame, roof and gutters.

          "Real  Estate  Taxes"  shall  include  any form of real  estate tax or
assessment,  general, special,  ordinary or extraordinary,  and any license fee,
commercial  rental  tax,  improvement  bond or bonds,  levy or tax  (other  than
inheritance,  personal  income or estate  taxes)  imposed  upon the Building and
common areas (or against Landlord's  business of leasing the Building,  provided


                                      -4-
<PAGE>


such taxes are in lieu of standard Real Estate  Taxes) by any  authority  having
the  direct or  indirect  power to tax,  together  with  costs and  expenses  of
contesting the validity or amount of Real Estate Taxes.

          Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against and
levied  upon  trade  fixtures,  furnishings,  equipment  and all other  personal
property of Tenant  contained in the Leased Premises or elsewhere.  Tenant shall
cause such trade fixtures, furniture,  equipment and all other personal property
to be assessed and billed separately from the Leased Premises.

          Section 3.03. Payment of Additional Rent.  Landlord shall estimate the
total amount of  Additional  Rent to be paid by Tenant during each calendar year
of the Lease Term,  whereupon  commencing on the Commencement Date, Tenant shall
pay to Landlord each month,  at the same time the Monthly Rental  Installment is
due, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of the estimated  Additional Rent for
such year.  Within ninety (90) days after the end of each  calendar  year, or as
soon afterward as is practicable, Landlord shall submit to Tenant a statement of
the actual  amount of such  Additional  Rent and within  thirty  (30) days after
receipt of such  statement,  Tenant shall pay any deficiency  between the actual
amount owed and the estimates paid during such calendar year, or in the event of
overpayment,  Landlord  shall credit the amount of such  overpayment  toward the
next  installments  of Base Rent. To the extent that the Lease Term includes any
partial  calendar  years,  the Additional Rent included in this section shall be
prorated based upon the number of days in such calendar year included within the
Lease Term divided by 360.  Tenant may, by notice to Landlord within thirty (30)
days after Landlord's notice of the actual amount of Additional Rent, require an
audit of  Landlord's  books and  records  relating  to  Additional  Rent for the
preceding  calendar  year.  Landlord  shall have the option of either  providing
Tenant with an audit prepared by an independent  certified public  accountant or
allowing  Tenant  access  to  Landlord's  books  and  records  for  purposes  of
performing the audit. If the audit indicates Landlord has overstated  Additional
Rent by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall pay the cost of the audit in
an amount not to exceed Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000.00).

          Section 3.04.  Late  Charges.  Tenant  acknowledges  that Landlord may
incur  certain   additional   unanticipated   costs  and   expenses,   including
administrative  costs and  attorneys'  fees,  if Tenant  fails to timely pay any
payment  required  hereunder.  Therefore,  as  compensation  for such additional
expenses, and in addition to the other remedies available to Landlord hereunder,
if any payment of Minimum Rent or any other sum or charge required to be paid by
Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall become overdue for a period of ten (10) days,
a late  charge  of three  percent  (3%) of the  payment  so due shall be paid by
Tenant as  additional  rent.  In addition,  if Tenant fails to pay within thirty
(30) days after the same is due and  payable  any sum or charge  required  to be
paid by Tenant to Landlord,  such unpaid amount shall bear interest from the due
date  thereof to the date of payment  at the rate of fifteen  percent  (15%) per
annum.

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE 4 - SECURITY DEPOSIT

          Tenant,  upon execution of this Lease, shall deposit with Landlord the
Security  Deposit as specified in the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the
full and  faithful  performance  by Tenant of all of the terms,  conditions  and
covenants  contained  in this  Lease  on the  part of  Tenant  to be  performed,
including  but not limited to the payment of the rent. In the event of a default
by Tenant of any term,  condition  or covenant  herein  contained,  Landlord may
apply all or any part of such security deposit to curing all or any part of such
default; and Tenant agrees to promptly, upon demand, deposit such additional sum
with  Landlord as may be required  to maintain  the full amount of the  security
deposit.  All sums held by Landlord  pursuant to this  section  shall be without
interest.  At the end of the Lease Term,  provided that there is then no uncured
default, Landlord shall return the security deposit to Tenant.

                                 ARTICLE 5 - USE

          Section 5.01. Use of Leased  Premises.  The Leased  Premises are to be
used by Tenant  solely as  provided in the Basic  Lease  Provisions,  and for no
other purposes without the prior written consent of Landlord.

          Section 5.02.  Covenants of Tenant  Regarding Use. In connection  with
its use of the Leased Premises, Tenant agrees to do the following:

          (a) Tenant shall (i) use and maintain the Leased  Premises and conduct
its business  thereon in a safe,  careful,  reputable  and lawful  manner,  (ii)
comply with all laws, rules,  regulations,  orders,  ordinances,  directions and
requirements of any governmental  authority or agency, now in force or which may
hereafter be in force,  including  without  limitation  those which shall impose
upon Landlord or Tenant any duty with respect to or triggered by a change in the
use or occupation of, or any improvement or alteration to, the Leased  Premises,
and  (iii)  comply  with and obey all  reasonable  directions  of the  Landlord,
including any Rules and Regulations that may be adopted by Landlord from time to
time.

          (b) Tenant  shall not (i) use the  Leased  Premises  for any  unlawful
purpose  or act,  (ii)  commit  or permit  any  waste or  damage  to the  Leased
Premises,  (iii) store any inventory,  equipment or any other materials  outside
the Leased Premises (except as otherwise provided herein),  or (iv) do or permit
anything to be done in or about the Leased Premises or appurtenant  common areas
which constitutes a nuisance or which will in any way obstruct or interfere with
the rights of other  tenants or  occupants  of the  Building  or injure or annoy
them.  Landlord  acknowledges  that Tenant may, from time to time, use the areas
outside of the Leased Premises for temporary staging of equipment,  inventory or
other  materials  and Landlord  consents to such use,  provided  that (i) Tenant
gives  Landlord  prior written  notice  thereof,  and (ii) such  activities  are
conducted in a location  mutually  agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and are in
compliance with all other terms of the Lease.  Landlord shall not be responsible
to Tenant for the nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building
of its lease or of any Rules and Regulations.

                                      -6-
<PAGE>


          (c) Tenant shall not overload the floors of the Leased  Premises as to
cause damage to the floor.  The designed floor load capacity is 3,000 pounds per
square foot. All damage to the floor structure or foundation of the Building due
to improper  positioning  or storage of items or materials  shall be repaired by
Landlord at the sole expense of Tenant, who shall reimburse Landlord immediately
therefor upon demand.

          (d)  Tenant  shall not use the  Leased  Premises,  or allow the Leased
Premises to be used, for any purpose or in any manner which would, in Landlord's
opinion,  invalidate  any policy of insurance  now or  hereafter  carried on the
Building or increase the rate of premiums payable on any such insurance  policy.
Should  Tenant fail to comply with this  covenant,  Landlord may, at its option,
require  Tenant to stop  engaging in such  activity or to reimburse  Landlord as
Additional  Rent for any  increase in premiums  charged  during the term of this
Lease  on  the  insurance  carried  by  Landlord  on  the  Leased  Premises  and
attributable to the use being made of the Leased Premises by Tenant.

          (e)  Tenant  may,  at its own  expense,  erect a sign  concerning  its
business  which  shall be in  keeping  with the  decor  and  other  signs on the
Building,  provided  that such sign is first  approved  by  Landlord in writing,
which approval  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Landlord's  approval,  if
given,  may be  conditioned  upon such  reasonable  criteria as  Landlord  deems
appropriate to maintain the area in a neat and attractive manner.  Tenant agrees
to maintain any sign in good state of repair,  and upon  expiration of the Lease
Term,  Tenant shall promptly remove the sign and repair any resulting  damage to
the Leased Premises or Building.

           Section 5.03.  Landlord's  Rights  Regarding  Use. In addition to the
rights  specified  elsewhere in this Lease,  Landlord  shall have the  following
rights regarding the use of the Leased Premises or the appurtenant  common areas
by Tenant, its employees,  agents,  customers and invitees, each of which may be
exercised without notice or liability to Tenant:

          (a) Landlord may install such signs, advertisements, notices or tenant
identification information as it shall deem necessary or proper.

          (b)  Landlord  shall have the right at any time to change or otherwise
alter the appurtenant common areas.  Landlord may control the appurtenant common
areas in such manner as it deems  necessary  or proper,  provided  that the same
shall not materially impair Tenant's rights under the Lease.  Landlord agrees to
use  commercially   reasonable   efforts  not  to  interrupt  Tenant's  business
operations in the exercise of its rights hereunder.

          (c)  Landlord or  Landlord's  agent shall be  permitted  to inspect or
examine the Leased  Premises at any  reasonable  time and upon prior  reasonable
notice to Tenant,  except in the event of an  emergency  in which case no notice
shall be required,  and Landlord shall have the right to make any repairs to the
Leased  Premises which are necessary for its  preservation;  provided,  however,
that any  repairs  made by  Landlord  shall be at  Tenant's  expense,  except as
provided  in Section  7.01  hereof.  If Tenant is not present to open and permit
such entry into the Leased  Premises at any time when such entry is necessary or
permitted hereunder,  Landlord and its employees and agents may enter the 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

Leased Premises by means of a master or pass key or otherwise, provided Landlord
has used reasonable efforts to notify Tenant as required  hereunder.  Except for
loss or  damage  caused  by its  gross  negligence  or  intentional  misconduct,
Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant for such entry, nor shall such entry
constitute  an eviction  of Tenant or a  termination  of this Lease,  or entitle
Tenant to any abatement of rent therefor.  Landlord  agrees to use  commercially
reasonable  efforts  not  to  interrupt  or  interfere  with  Tenant's  business
operations in the exercise of its rights hereunder.

                       ARTICLE 6 - UTILITIES AND SERVICES

          Tenant  shall  obtain in its own name and shall  pay  directly  to the
appropriate  supplier the cost of all utilities and services  serving the Leased
Premises,  including but not limited to:  natural gas, heat,  light,  electrical
power,  telephone,  janitorial service,  refuse disposal and other utilities and
services.  However,  if any services or utilities are jointly metered with other
property,   Landlord   shall  make  a  reasonable   determination   of  Tenant's
proportionate  share of the cost of such utilities and services and Tenant shall
pay such share to Landlord  within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord's
written  statement.  Except  for  damage  or  interruption  caused  by the gross
negligence  or  intentional  misconduct  of Landlord,  its agents or  employees,
Landlord  shall  not be  liable in  damages  or  otherwise  for any  failure  or
interruption  of any utility  service or other  service  furnished to the Leased
Premises;  and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate
this Lease or withhold sums due hereunder.

                       ARTICLE 7 - MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS

          Section  7.01.  Landlord's  Responsibility.  During  the  term of this
Lease,  Landlord  shall  maintain in good  condition  and repair the  electrical
systems,  heating and air conditioning systems,  sprinkler and plumbing systems,
roof,  exterior walls,  foundation and structural  frame of the Building and the
parking and landscaped  areas, the costs of which shall be included in Operating
Expenses;  provided,  however,  that to the  extent any of the  foregoing  items
require  repair because of the  negligence,  misuse,  or default of Tenant,  its
employees,  agents,  customers or invitees,  Landlord shall make such repairs at
Tenant's expense.

          Section  7.02.  Alterations.  Tenant  shall not permit  structural  or
non-structural  alterations or additions in or to the Leased Premises unless and
until the plans have been approved by Landlord in writing,  which approval shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld.  As a condition of such  approval,  Landlord may
require Tenant to remove the  alterations  and restore the Leased  Premises upon
termination of this Lease;  otherwise,  all such  alterations  or  improvements,
except  movable  office  furniture and equipment  and trade  fixtures,  shall at
Landlord's option become a part of the realty and the property of Landlord,  and
shall not be removed by Tenant. If Landlord consents to Tenant's  performance of
alterations  or additions to the Leased  Premises,  Tenant shall ensure that all
alterations and  improvements  which are made or  necessitated  thereby shall be
made in accordance with all applicable laws,  regulations and building codes, in
a good  and  workmanlike  manner  and in  quality  equal to or  better  than the
original  construction  of the 

                                      -8-

<PAGE>

Building.  Landlord's approval of the plans, specifications and working drawings
for Tenant's alterations shall create no responsibility or liability on the part
of Landlord for their completeness,  design sufficiency,  or compliance with all
laws,  rules and  regulations of governmental  agencies or  authorities.  Tenant
shall  indemnify and save harmless  Landlord from all costs,  loss or expense in
connection with any construction or installation. No person shall be entitled to
any lien directly or indirectly derived through or under Tenant or through or by
virtue  of any act or  omission  of  Tenant  upon the  Leased  Premises  for any
improvements or fixtures made thereon or installed  therein or for or on account
of any labor or material  furnished to the Leased  Premises or for or on account
of any matter or thing whatsoever;  and nothing in this Lease contained shall be
construed to  constitute  a consent by Landlord to the creation of any lien.  If
any lien is filed against the Leased Premises for work claimed to have been done
for, or material  claimed to have been furnished to, Tenant,  Tenant shall cause
such lien to be  discharged  of record  within  thirty (30) days after filing by
bonding or in any other lawful manner.  Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless
Landlord from all costs,  losses,  expenses,  and attorneys'  fees in connection
with any such lien.

                              ARTICLE 8 - CASUALTY

          Section 8.01.  Casualty.  In the event of total or partial destruction
of the  Building  or the Leased  Premises  by fire or other  casualty,  Landlord
agrees to promptly  restore  and repair the  Building  and the Leased  Premises;
provided,  however,  that Landlord's  obligation as to the interior finishing of
the Leased Premises shall be consistent with and limited in amount to Landlord's
Allowance  regarding the tenant finish  improvements as were originally required
to be made by Landlord,  if any. Any insurance  proceeds not used by Landlord in
restoring  or  repairing  the  Leased  Premises  shall be the sole  property  of
Landlord.  Rent  shall  proportionately  abate  during  the time that the Leased
Premises  or part  thereof  are  unusable  because of any such  damage  thereto.
Notwithstanding the foregoing,  if the Leased Premises are (i) so destroyed that
they cannot be repaired or rebuilt within one hundred eighty (180) days from the
date on which the  insurance  claim is adjusted or one (1) year from the date of
the  incident  causing  damage,  whichever  is earlier;  or (ii)  destroyed by a
casualty  which is not  covered  by the  insurance  required  hereunder  or,  if
covered,  such  insurance  proceeds are not released by any  mortgagee  entitled
thereto or are  insufficient  to rebuild the Building  and the Leased  Premises;
then,  in case of a clause (i) casualty,  either  Landlord or Tenant may, or, in
the case of a clause (ii)  casualty,  then  Landlord  may, upon thirty (30) days
written  notice to the other  party,  terminate  and cancel this Lease;  and all
further obligations hereunder shall thereupon cease and terminate.

          Section 8.02. Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance. During the term of
this Lease,  Landlord shall maintain fire and extended coverage insurance on the
Building,  but shall not protect Tenant's property on the Leased Premises;  and,
notwithstanding the provisions of Section 9.01, Landlord shall not be liable for
any damage to Tenant's property,  regardless of cause,  including the negligence
of Landlord and its employees,  agents,  and invitees.  Tenant hereby  expressly
waives  any right of  recovery  against  Landlord  (or any  other  tenant of the

                                      -9-

<PAGE>

Building)  for damage to any  property of Tenant  located in or about the Leased
Premises,   however  caused,  including  the  negligence  of  Landlord  and  its
employees,  agents, and invitees; and, notwithstanding the provisions of Section
9.01 below,  Landlord  hereby  expressly  waives any rights of recovery  against
Tenant  for  damage to the  Leased  Premises  or the  Building  which is insured
against under  Landlord's fire and extended  coverage  insurance.  All insurance
policies  maintained  by  Landlord  or Tenant as  provided  in this Lease  shall
contain an agreement by the insurer  waiving the insurer's  right of subrogation
against the other party to this Lease and  agreeing not to acquire any rights of
recovery which the insured has expressly waived prior to loss.

                         ARTICLE 9 - LIABILITY INSURANCE

          Section 9.01. Tenant's Responsibility. Landlord shall not be liable to
Tenant or to any other  person for (i) damage to  property or injury or death to
persons  due to the  condition  of the  Leased  Premises,  the  Building  or the
appurtenant common areas, or (ii) the occurrence of any accident in or about the
Leased Premises or the appurtenant  common areas, or (iii) any act or neglect of
Tenant or any other tenant or occupant of the  Building or of any other  person,
unless  such  damage,  injury or death is  directly  and  solely  the  result of
Landlord's  negligence;  and Tenant  hereby  releases  Landlord from any and all
liability  for the same.  Tenant  shall be liable for, and shall  indemnify  and
defend Landlord and hold it harmless from, any and all liability for (i) any act
or neglect of Tenant and any person coming on the Leased Premises or appurtenant
common  areas by the license of Tenant,  express or implied,  (ii) any damage to
the  Leased  Premises,  and (iii) any loss of or damage or injury to any  person
(including death resulting  therefrom) or property occurring in, on or about the
Leased Premises, regardless of cause, except for any loss or damage from fire or
casualty  insured as provided in Section 8.02 and except for that caused  solely
and directly by Landlord's  negligence.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  Tenant
shall bear the risk of any loss or damage to its property as provided in Section
8.02.

          Section 9.02. Tenant's  Insurance.  Tenant, in order to insure against
the liabilities  specified in this Lease,  shall at all times during the term of
this Lease carry,  at its own expense,  one or more  policies of general  public
liability  and  property  damage  insurance,  issued  by one or  more  insurance
companies acceptable to Landlord, with the following minimum coverages:

A.        Worker's Compensation: minimum statutory amount.

B.        Comprehensive   General  Liability   Insurance,   including   blanket,
          contractual  liability,  broad form property damage,  personal injury,
          completed  operations,  products liability,  and fire damage: Not less
          than  $1,000,000  Combined  Single  Limit for both  bodily  injury and
          property damage.

C.        Fire and Extended  Coverage,  Vandalism  and Malicious  Mischief,  and
          Sprinkler  Leakage  insurance,  if  applicable,  for the full  cost of
          replacement of Tenant's property.

D.        Business interruption insurance.


                                      -10-

<PAGE>


The  insurance  policy or policies  shall  protect  Tenant and Landlord as their
interests  may  appear,  naming  Landlord  and  Landlord's  managing  agent  and
mortgagee  as  additional  insureds,  and  shall  provide  that  they may not be
cancelled on less than thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant
shall furnish  Landlord with  Certificates of Insurance  evidencing all required
coverage.  Should Tenant fail to carry such insurance and furnish  Landlord with
such Certificates of Insurance after a request to do so, Landlord shall have the
right to obtain  such  insurance  and collect  the cost  thereof  from Tenant as
additional rent.

                           ARTICLE 10 - EMINENT DOMAIN

          If all or any substantial  part of the Building or appurtenant  common
areas  shall be  acquired  by the  exercise  of  eminent  domain,  Landlord  may
terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant within fifteen (15) days
after possession  thereof is so taken. If all or any part of the Leased Premises
shall be  acquired by the  exercise of eminent  domain in such a manner that the
Leased  Premises shall become unusable by Tenant for the purpose for which it is
then being used,  Tenant may terminate  this Lease by giving  written  notice to
Landlord  within  fifteen (15) days after  possession of the Leased  Premises or
part thereof is so taken. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord on account
of any such  acquisition  for the value of any  unexpired  lease term  remaining
after  possession  of the Leased  Premises is taken.  All damages  awarded shall
belong to and be the sole property of Landlord;  provided,  however, that Tenant
shall be  entitled  to any award  expressly  made to Tenant by any  governmental
authority for the cost of or the removal of Tenant's property, including without
limitation its stock, equipment and fixtures and other moving expenses.

                      ARTICLE 11 - ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASE

          Tenant  shall not assign  this Lease or sublet the Leased  Premises in
whole or in part without  Landlord's prior written consent,  which consent shall
not be  unreasonably  withheld.  In the event of any  assignment or  subletting,
Tenant  shall  remain  primarily  liable to  perform  all of the  covenants  and
conditions contained in this Lease, including but not limited to payment of Base
Rent and  Additional  Rent as provided  herein.  The acceptance of rent from any
other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of the provisions of this
Lease or to be a consent to the  assignment  of this Lease or the  subletting of
the Leased Premises.

          Without in any way limiting  Landlord's  right to refuse to consent to
any  assignment  or  subletting  of this Lease,  Landlord  reserves the right to
refuse to give such consent if in Landlord's  discretion and opinion (i) the use
of the Leased  Premises  is or may be in any way  adversely  affected;  (ii) the
business   reputation   of  the   proposed   assignee  or  subtenant  is  deemed
unacceptable; or (iii) the financial worth of the proposed assignee or subtenant
is  insufficient  to meet the  obligations  hereunder  or is less  than  that of
Tenant.  Landlord  further  expressly  reserves  the right to refuse to give its
consent to any  subletting  if (i) the proposed rent is to be less than the then
current rent for similar premises in the Building,  or (ii) the proposed rent is
to be less than the  current  rent  


                                      -11-

<PAGE>


payable by Tenant  under the Lease.  Tenant  agrees to  reimburse  Landlord  for
reasonable  accounting  and  attorneys'  fees incurred in  conjunction  with the
processing  and  documentation  of  any  such  requested  transfer,  assignment,
subletting or any other  hypothecation of this Lease or Tenant's interest in and
to the Leased Premises.

                       ARTICLE 12 - TRANSFERS BY LANDLORD

          Section  12.01.  Sale and  Conveyance of the Building.  Landlord shall
have the right to sell and convey the  Building  at any time  during the term of
this Lease,  subject only to the rights of Tenant  hereunder;  and such sale and
conveyance shall operate to release Landlord from liability  hereunder after the
date of such conveyance.

          Section 12.02. Subordination and Estoppel Certificate.  Landlord shall
have the right to subordinate this Lease to any mortgage  presently  existing or
hereafter  placed upon the Building by so declaring  in such  mortgage;  and the
recording  of any such  mortgage  shall make it prior and superior to this Lease
regardless of the date of execution or recording of either document.  Within ten
(10) days following  receipt of a written  request from  Landlord,  Tenant shall
execute and deliver to Landlord, without cost:

          (a) any  instrument  which Landlord may deem necessary or desirable to
confirm the  subordination  of this Lease.  If Tenant fails or refuses to do so,
Landlord may execute such instrument in the name and as the act of Tenant.

          (b) an estoppel  certificate  in such form as Landlord may  reasonably
request  certifying  (i)  that  this  Lease  is in full  force  and  effect  and
unmodified (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification),  (ii) the
date to which  rent  has been  paid,  (iii)  that  there  are not,  to  Tenant's
knowledge,  any  uncured  defaults  (or  specifying  such  defaults  if any  are
claimed),  and (iv) any  other  matters  or state of facts  reasonably  required
respecting the Lease or Tenant's occupancy of the Leased Premises. Such estoppel
may be relied upon by Landlord  and by any  purchaser or mortgagee of all or any
part of the Building.  Tenant's  failure to deliver such  statement  within such
period  shall be  conclusive  upon  Tenant  that this Lease is in full force and
effect  and  unmodified  and that there are no uncured  defaults  in  Landlord's
performance hereunder.

          (c) Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the mortgagee shall take title
to the  Leased  Premises  through  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure,
Tenant  shall be allowed to continue  in  possession  of the Leased  Premises as
provided  for in this Lease so long as Tenant  shall not be in  default.  Tenant
shall,  in the event any proceedings are brought to foreclose any such mortgage,
attorn to the purchaser upon any such  foreclosure  and recognize such purchaser
as the landlord under this Lease.

          Section 12.03. Lender's Rights.  Landlord shall have the right, at any
time and from time to time, to notify Tenant in writing that Landlord has placed
a mortgage on the Building,  specifying  the identity of the Lender  ("Lender").
Following  receipt of such notice,  Tenant  agrees to give such Lender a copy of
any notice of default  served by Tenant on Landlord.  Tenant further agrees that
if  Landlord  fails to cure any default as

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

provided in Section  13.03 herein,  Lender shall have an additional  thirty (30)
days within which to cure such  default;  provided,  however,  that if the term,
condition,  covenant or obligation to be performed by Landlord is of such nature
that the same cannot reasonably be performed within such thirty-day period, such
default shall be deemed to have been cured if Lender  commences such performance
within said thirty-day period and thereafter diligently completes the same.

                         ARTICLE 13 - DEFAULT AND REMEDY

          Section 13.01. Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall
be deemed an "Event of Default":

          (a)  Tenant  shall  fail  to pay any  Monthly  Rental  Installment  or
Additional Rent within five (5) days after the same shall be due and payable, or
Tenant shall fail to pay any other  amounts due Landlord  from Tenant within ten
(10) days after the same shall be due and payable.

          (b) Tenant  shall fail to  perform  or  observe  any term,  condition,
covenant or  obligation  as  required  under this Lease for a period of ten (10)
days after notice thereof from Landlord;  provided,  however, that if the nature
of Tenant's  default is such that more than ten days are reasonably  required to
cure,  then such default shall be deemed to have been cured if Tenant  commences
such performance within said ten-day period and thereafter  diligently completes
the required action within a reasonable time.

          (c) Tenant shall vacate or abandon the Leased Premises for any
period, or fail to occupy the Leased Premises or any substantial portion thereof
for a period of thirty (30) days.

          (d) All or substantially all of Tenant's assets in the Leased Premises
or Tenant's  interest in this Lease are attached or levied under  execution (and
Tenant  does not  discharge  the same  within  sixty  (60) days  thereafter);  a
petition in  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  or for  reorganization  or arrangement is
filed by or  against  Tenant  (and  Tenant  fails to secure a stay or  discharge
thereof within sixty (60) days thereafter); Tenant shall be insolvent and unable
to pay its debts as they become due;  Tenant makes a general  assignment for the
benefit of creditors;  Tenant takes the benefit of any insolvency action or law;
the  appointment of a receiver or trustee in bankruptcy for Tenant or its assets
if such  receivership  has not been vacated or set aside within thirty (30) days
thereafter;  dissolution or other  termination of Tenant's  corporate charter if
Tenant is a corporation.

          Section 13.02. Remedies. Except as otherwise provided by law regarding
Tenant's rights and Landlord's  obligations upon default, upon the occurrence of
any Event of Default,  Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies, in
addition  to those  allowed  by law,  any one or more of which may be  exercised
without further notice to or demand upon Tenant:

          (a)  Landlord  may apply the  security  deposit or re-enter the Leased
Premises and cure any default of Tenant,  and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as
additional rent for any costs and expenses which Landlord  thereby  incurs;  and
Landlord  shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage  which Tenant may

                                      -13-


<PAGE>


sustain by reason of  Landlord's  action,  except  for loss or damage  caused by
Landlord's gross negligence or intentional misconduct.

          (b) Landlord may terminate  this Lease or,  without  terminating  this
Lease,  terminate  Tenant's right to possession of the Leased Premises as of the
date of such default,  and thereafter (i) neither Tenant nor any person claiming
under or through Tenant shall be entitled to possession of the Leased  Premises,
and Tenant shall immediately surrender the Leased Premises to Landlord; and (ii)
Landlord may re-enter the Leased  Premises and  dispossess  Tenant and any other
occupants  of the  Leased  Premises  by any lawful  means and may  remove  their
effects, without prejudice to any other remedy which Landlord may have. Upon the
termination of this Lease, Landlord may declare the present value (as determined
by  Landlord)  of all rent  which  would  have been due under this Lease for the
balance of the Lease Term to be immediately  due and payable,  whereupon  Tenant
shall be obligated to pay the same to Landlord, together with all loss or damage
which Landlord may sustain by reason of Tenant's  default  ("Default  Damages"),
which shall include without limitation expenses of preparing the Leased Premises
for re-letting,  demolition,  repairs, tenant finish improvements,  and brokers'
and  attorneys'  fees,  it  being  expressly  understood  and  agreed  that  the
liabilities  and remedies  specified in this  subsection  (b) shall  survive the
termination of this Lease.

          (c) Landlord may, without terminating this Lease,  re-enter the Leased
Premises and re-let all or any part thereof for a term different from that which
would otherwise have  constituted the balance of the Lease Term and for rent and
on terms and conditions different from those contained herein,  whereupon Tenant
shall be  immediately  obligated  to pay to Landlord as  liquidated  damages the
difference  between the rent  provided  for herein and that  provided for in any
lease covering a subsequent  re-letting of the Leased  Premises,  for the period
which would otherwise have  constituted the balance of the Lease Term,  together
with all of Landlord's Default Damages.

          (d) Landlord may sue for injunctive  relief or to recover  damages for
any loss resulting from the breach.

          (e) In addition to the  defaults  and remedies  described  above,  the
parties hereto agree that if Tenant  defaults in the performance of any (but not
necessarily  the same) term or  condition  of this Lease three (3) or more times
during any twelve (12) month  period,  regardless  of whether such  defaults are
ultimately  cured,  then such conduct shall, at Landlord's  option,  represent a
separate  Event of Default.  Tenant  acknowledges  that (i) Landlord  will incur
additional  unanticipated  costs  as  a  result  of  such  repetitive  defaults,
including but not limited to  administrative  costs and legal fees, and (ii) the
purpose of this provision is to adequately  compensate Landlord for those costs,
which would be difficult to determine with certainty.  Therefore,  Tenant agrees
to pay to Landlord  upon a default  under this  habitual  default  provision the
amount of One Thousand  Dollars  ($1,000.00) as liquidated  damages to cure such
default, payable within ten (10) days after written demand therefor to Tenant by
Landlord.

                                      -14-

<PAGE>


          Section  13.03.  Landlord's  Default and Tenant's  Remedies.  Landlord
shall be in default if it shall fail to perform or observe any term,  condition,
covenant or obligation as required  under this Lease for a period of thirty (30)
days after written notice thereof from Tenant to Landlord and to Lender, if any;
provided,  however,  that if the term,  condition,  covenant or obligation to be
performed  by Landlord is of such  nature  that the same  cannot  reasonably  be
performed  within such thirty-day  period,  such default shall be deemed to have
been cured if Landlord  commences such performance within said thirty-day period
and thereafter  diligently  undertakes to complete the same. Upon the occurrence
of any such default,  Tenant may sue for injunctive relief or to recover damages
for any loss  resulting  from the  breach,  but Tenant  shall not be entitled to
terminate  this  Lease  (unless  otherwise  ordered  by  a  court  of  competent
jurisdiction) or withhold, offset or abate any rent due hereunder.

          Section 13.04.  Limitation of Landlord's Liability.  If Landlord shall
fail to perform or observe any term, condition,  covenant or obligation required
to be  performed  or observed by it under this Lease and if Tenant  shall,  as a
consequence  thereof,   recover  a  money  judgment  against  Landlord  (whether
compensatory or punitive in nature),  Tenant agrees that it shall look solely to
Landlord's  right,  title and interest in and to the Building for the collection
of such  judgment;  and Tenant  further  agrees that no other assets of Landlord
shall be subject to levy,  execution or other  process for the  satisfaction  of
Tenant's  judgment  and that  Landlord  shall not be  personally  liable for any
deficiency.

          The  references  to  "Landlord" in this Lease shall be limited to mean
and include only the owner or owners, at the time, of the fee simple interest in
the  Building.  In the event of a sale or  transfer of such  interest  (except a
mortgage or other transfer as security for a debt), the "Landlord" named herein,
or, in the case of a subsequent transfer, the transferor,  shall, after the date
of  such  transfer,  be  automatically  released  from  all  liability  for  the
performance  or  observance  of any  term,  condition,  covenant  or  obligation
required to be performed or observed by Landlord  hereunder;  and the transferee
shall be deemed to have  assumed all of such terms,  conditions,  covenants  and
obligations.

          Section 13.05. Nonwaiver of Defaults. Neither party's failure or delay
in  exercising  any of its rights or remedies or other  provisions of this Lease
shall be  construed  to be a waiver  thereof or affect its right  thereafter  to
exercise or enforce each and every such right or remedy or other  provision.  No
waiver of any  default  shall be  deemed  to be a waiver  of any other  default.
Landlord's  receipt of less than the full rent due shall not be  construed to be
other than a payment on account  of rent then due,  nor shall any  statement  on
Tenant's check or any letter accompanying Tenant's check be deemed an accord and
satisfaction,  and  Landlord  may  accept  such  payment  without  prejudice  to
Landlord's  right to recover  the balance of the rent due or to pursue any other
remedies provided in this Lease. No act or omission by Landlord or its employees
or agents  during  the term of this  Lease  shall be deemed an  acceptance  of a
surrender  of the Leased  Premises,  and no agreement to accept such a surrender
shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord.


                                      -15-

<PAGE>

          Section  13.06.  Attorneys'  Fees.  If either  party  defaults  in the
performance  or  observance  of any  of  the  terms,  conditions,  covenants  or
obligations  contained  in this  Lease and the  non-defaulting  party  obtains a
judgment  against the  defaulting  party,  then the  defaulting  party agrees to
reimburse the non-defaulting party for the attorneys' fees incurred thereby.

                ARTICLE 14 - LANDLORD'S RIGHT TO RELOCATE TENANT

          Intentionally Omitted.

                    ARTICLE 15 - NOTICE AND PLACE OF PAYMENT

          Section 15.01.  Notices.  Any notice required or permitted to be given
under  this  Lease or by law shall be deemed to have been given if it is written
and  delivered  in person or by overnight  courier or mailed by certified  mail,
postage  prepaid,  to (i) the party who is to receive such notice at the address
specified in the Basic Lease Provisions and (ii) in the case of a default notice
from Tenant to Landlord, any Lender designated by Landlord.  When so mailed, the
notice  shall be deemed to have been given as of the date it was mailed.  Either
party may  change  its  address by giving  written  notice  thereof to the other
party.

          Section 15.02.  Place of Payment.  All payments required to be made by
Tenant to Landlord shall be delivered or mailed to Landlord's  management  agent
at the address  specified  in the Basic Lease  Provisions  or any other  address
Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice to Tenant.

                 ARTICLE 16 - TENANT'S RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING
                  ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES.

          Section 16.01. Definitions.

          a.  "Environmental  Laws" - All  federal,  state and  municipal  laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations applicable to the environmental and ecological
condition of the Leased Premises,  including,  without  limitation,  the Federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended;  the Federal Resource  Conservation and Recovery Act; the Federal Toxic
Substance  Control  Act;  the Clean Air Act;  the Clean Water Act; the rules and
regulations  of the  Federal  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  or  any  other
federal,  state or  municipal  agency or  governmental  board or  entity  having
jurisdiction over the Leased Premises.

          b. "Hazardous Substances" - Includes:

             (i) Those substances  included within the definitions of "hazardous
substances,"   "hazardous   materials,"  "toxic  substances"  "solid  waste"  or
"infectious waste" in any of the Environmental Laws; and

             (ii) Such  other  substances,  materials  and  wastes  which are or
become  regulated  under  applicable  local,  state or federal law, or which are
classified   as  hazardous,   toxic  or  infectious   under  present  or  future
Environmental Laws or other federal, state, or local laws or regulations.


                                      -16-

<PAGE>

          Section 16.02. Compliance. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall
promptly  comply with the  Environmental  Laws which shall  impose any duty upon
Tenant with respect to the use,  occupancy,  maintenance  or  alteration  of the
Leased  Premises.  Tenant shall promptly  comply with any notice from any source
issued pursuant to the Environmental  Laws or with any notice from any insurance
company pertaining to Tenant's use, occupancy,  maintenance or alteration of the
Leased Premises, whether such notice shall be served upon Landlord or Tenant.

          Section  16.03.  Restrictions  on  Tenant.  Tenant  shall not cause or
permit to occur:

          a. Any violation of the  Environmental  Laws related to  environmental
conditions on, under, or about the Leased Premises, or arising from Tenant's use
or occupancy  of the Leased  Premises,  including,  but not limited to, soil and
ground water conditions.

          b. The use, generation,  release, manufacture,  refining,  production,
processing,  storage or disposal of any Hazardous Substances on, under, or about
the Leased Premises, or the transportation to or from the Leased Premises of any
Hazardous Substances, except as necessary and appropriate for general office use
in which case the use, storage or disposal of such Hazardous Substances shall be
performed in compliance with the  Environmental  Laws and the highest  standards
prevailing in the industry.  Landlord  understands  that Tenant may stock at the
Leased   Premises,   materials   falling  within  the  definition  of  Hazardous
Substances,  including but not limited to paint, oil, grease, sealants, friction
modifiers,  calcium chloride,  lubricants,  adhesives,  cleansers,  nitrogen and
other  materials  commonly used in connection  with servicing and maintenance of
construction equipment.  Tenant understands and agrees to use, store and dispose
of such materials only in accordance with applicable law.  Landlord  consents to
the stocking of such  materials,  provided same is in accordance with applicable
law and the provisions of this Lease.

          Section 16.04. Notices, Affidavits, Etc.

          a. Tenant shall  immediately  notify  Landlord of (i) any violation by
Tenant,  its  employees,  agents,   representatives,   customers,   invitees  or
contractors of the Environmental Laws on, under or about the Leased Premises, or
(ii) the presence or suspected presence of any Hazardous Substances on, under or
about the Leased Premises and shall  immediately  deliver to Landlord any notice
received by Tenant relating to (i) and (ii) above from any source.

          b. Tenant shall execute affidavits,  representations and the like from
time to time, within five (5) days of Landlord's  request  therefor,  concerning
Tenant's  best  knowledge  and belief  regarding  the presence of any  Hazardous
Substances on, under or about the Leased Premises.

          Section 16.05. Landlord's Rights.

          a. Landlord and its agent shall have the right, but not the duty, upon
advance  notice  (except  in the  case of  emergency  when no  notice  shall  be
required) to inspect the Leased  Premises and conduct  tests thereon at any time
to  determine  whether  or the  extent to which  there has been a  violation  of
Environmental Laws


                                      -17-

<PAGE>

by Tenant or  whether  there are  Hazardous  Substances  on,  under or about the
Leased Premises. In exercising its rights herein,  Landlord shall use reasonable
efforts to minimize interference with Tenant's business but such entry shall not
constitute an eviction of Tenant, in whole or in part, and Landlord shall not be
liable for any  interference,  loss, or damage to Tenant's  property or business
caused thereby.

          b. If Landlord,  any lender or governmental  agency shall ever require
testing to ascertain  whether  there has been a release of Hazardous  Substances
on, under or about the Leased Premises or a violation of the Environmental Laws,
and such requirement  arose in whole or in part because of an act or omission on
the part of Tenant,  then the  reasonable  costs  thereof shall be reimbursed by
Tenant to Landlord upon demand as Additional Rent.

          Section 16.06.  Tenant's  Indemnification.  Tenant shall indemnify and
hold harmless  Landlord and  Landlord's  managing agent from any and all claims,
loss, liability, costs, expenses or damage, including reasonable attorneys' fees
and costs of remediation,  incurred by Landlord in connection with any breach by
Tenant of its  obligations  under this Article 16. The covenants and obligations
of Tenant  under  this  Article  16 shall  survive  the  expiration  or  earlier
termination of this Lease.

          Section 16.07.  Landlord's  Indemnification.  Landlord shall indemnify
and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all claims,  loss,  liability,
costs,  expenses or damage,  including  reasonable  attorneys' fees and costs of
remediation, incurred by Tenant as a result of any Hazardous Substances existing
on or in the Leased  Premises or the Building  prior to the  Commencement  Date,
except to extent caused by or exacerbated by Tenant.

                           ARTICLE 17 - MISCELLANEOUS

          Section 17.01.  Benefit of Landlord and Tenant.  This Lease and all of
the terms and  provisions  hereof  shall  inure to the benefit of and be binding
upon Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors and assigns.

          Section  17.02.  Governing  Law.  This  Lease  shall  be  governed  in
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

          Section 17.03.  Guaranty.  In consideration of Landlord's  leasing the
Leased  Premises to Tenant,  Tenant shall  provide  Landlord  with a Guaranty of
Lease executed by the guarantor(s)  described in the Basic Lease Provisions,  if
any.

          Section 17.04.  Force  Majeure.  Landlord and Tenant (except as to the
payment of rent) shall be excused for the period of any delay in the performance
of any  obligation  hereunder when such delay is occasioned by causes beyond its
control,  including,  but not  limited  to, war,  invasion  or  hostility;  work
stoppages,  boycotts,  slowdowns or strikes; shortages of materials,  equipment,
labor or energy;  man-made or natural  casualties;  unusual weather  conditions;
acts or omissions of governmental or political bodies; or civil  disturbances or
riots.


                                      -18-

<PAGE>

          Section 17.05. Condition of Premises. Tenant acknowledges that neither
Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any  representation or warranty with
respect  to  the  Leased  Premises  or  the  Building  or  with  respect  to the
suitability  or  condition  of any part  thereof  for the  conduct  of  Tenant's
business except as provided in this Lease.

          Section 17.06. Examination of Lease. Submission of this instrument for
examination  or signature  to Tenant does not  constitute  a  reservation  of or
option  for  Lease,  and it is not  effective  as a  Lease  or  otherwise  until
execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

          Section 17.07.  Indemnification for Leasing  Commissions.  The parties
hereby  represent and warrant that the only real estate brokers  involved in the
negotiation  and  execution  of this  Lease are those  named in the Basic  Lease
Provisions  and that no other  broker  or  person  is  entitled  to any  leasing
commission or  compensation  as a result of the negotiation or execution of this
Lease.  Each party shall  indemnify and hold the other harmless from any and all
liability  for the breach of this  representation  and  warranty on its part and
shall pay any  compensation  to any other  broker or person who may be deemed or
held to be entitled thereto.

          Section  17.08.  Quiet  Enjoyment.  If Tenant shall perform all of the
covenants and  agreements  herein  provided to be performed by Tenant,  Landlord
covenants that Tenant shall,  at all times during the Lease Term, have the quiet
enjoyment and peaceful  possession of the Leased Premises without hindrance from
Landlord or any  persons  lawfully  claiming  under  Landlord,  except as may be
provided in Section 12.02 hereunder.

          Section 17.09. Severability of Invalid Provisions. If any provision of
this Lease shall be held to be invalid,  void or  unenforceable,  the  remaining
provisions  hereof  shall  not be  affected  or  impaired,  and  such  remaining
provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

          Section  17.10.  Financial  Statements.  During the Lease Term and any
extensions thereof,  Tenant shall provide to Landlord on an annual basis, within
ninety (90) days  following the end of Tenant's  fiscal year, a copy of Tenant's
most recent certified and audited financial statements prepared as of the end of
Tenant's most recent fiscal year. Such financial statements shall be prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

          Section  17.11.   Tenant's   Representations   and   Warranties.   The
undersigned  represents  and  warrants  to  Landlord  that  (i)  Tenant  is duly
organized,  validly existing and in good standing in accordance with the laws of
the state under which it was organized;  (ii) all action  necessary to authorize
the execution of this Lease has been taken by Tenant;  and (iii) the  individual
executing and delivering  this Lease on behalf of Tenant has been  authorized to
do so, and such execution and delivery shall bind Tenant.  Tenant, at Landlord's
request, shall provide Landlord with evidence of such authority.

          Section   17.12.    Representations    and    Indemnifications.    Any
representations  and  indemnifications  of Landlord contained in the Lease shall
not be binding upon (i) any mortgagee  having a 


                                      -19-

<PAGE>

mortgage  presently  existing or  hereafter  placed on the  Building,  or (ii) a
successor to Landlord  which has obtained or is in the process of obtaining  fee
title interest to the Building as a result of a foreclosure of any mortgage or a
deed in lieu thereof.

          Section  17.13.  Early  Occupancy.  In the event the  Leased  Premises
become  available and are ready for occupancy  prior to the  Commencement  Date,
Landlord may elect to allow  Tenant to take  possession  of the Leased  Premises
prior  to the  Commencement  Date  for  fixturing  purposes.  Tenant  agrees  to
coordinate  its fixturing work with the work of Landlord such that Tenant's work
does not  interfere  with or delay  Landlord's  work;  provided,  however,  that
neither Landlord nor any of Landlord's  affiliates shall have any responsibility
or liability  whatsoever for any injury  (including death) to persons or loss or
damage to any of Tenant's  leasehold  improvements,  fixtures,  equipment or any
other  materials  installed  or  left  in  the  Leased  Premises  prior  to  the
Commencement  Date.  All of the terms and  conditions  of this Lease will become
effective upon Tenant taking  possession of the Leased  Premises  except for the
payment of Annual  Base Rent and  Additional  Rent which  will  commence  on the
Commencement Date.

          Section 17.14. Option to Extend.

          A. Grant and Exercise of Option. Provided that (i) Tenant has not been
in default  hereunder  at any time during the Term of this Lease (the  "Original
Term"),  (ii) the  creditworthiness  of Tenant is then  acceptable  to Landlord,
(iii) Tenant  originally  named  herein  remains in  possession  of and has been
continuously  operating in the entire Leased  Premises  throughout  the Original
Term and (iv) the current use of the Leased Premises is a Permitted Use pursuant
to Section  1.01.K.,  Tenant  shall have two (2) options to extend the  Original
Term for additional periods of five (5) years each (the "Extension Terms").  The
Extension  Terms shall be upon the same terms and  conditions  contained  in the
Lease for the Original Term except (i) Tenant shall not have any further options
to extend and (ii) the Annual Base Rent shall be  adjusted  as set forth  herein
("Rent  Adjustment").  Tenant  shall  exercise  such  option  by  delivering  to
Landlord, no later than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the expiration of
the then  current  Term,  written  notice of Tenant's  desire to extend the then
current Term.  Tenant's failure to properly exercise such option shall waive it.
If Tenant properly exercises its option to extend,  Landlord shall notify Tenant
of the Rent Adjustment no later than ninety (90) days prior to the  commencement
of the  Extension  Term.  Tenant  shall  be  deemed  to have  accepted  the Rent
Adjustment if it fails to deliver to Landlord a written objection thereto within
ten (10) business days after receipt thereof.  If Tenant properly  exercises its
option to extend,  Landlord and Tenant  shall  execute an amendment to the Lease
(or, at Landlord's option, a new lease on the form then in use for the Building)
reflecting  the terms and conditions of the Extension  Term,  within thirty (30)
days after Tenant's acceptance of the Rent Adjustment.

          B. Market Rent Adjustment. The Annual Base Rent for the Extension Term
shall be an amount  equal to the Annual Base Rent then being  quoted by Landlord
to  prospective  new tenants of the  Building for space of  comparable  size and
quality  and  with  

                                      -20-

<PAGE>


similar or equivalent  improvements  as are found in the Building,  and if none,
then  in  similar  buildings  in  the  Park,   excluding  free  rent  and  other
concessions;  provided,  however,  that in no event  shall the Annual  Base Rent
during the  Extension  Term be less than the highest  Annual  Base Rent  payable
during the Original Term.  The Minimum  Monthly Rent shall be an amount equal to
one-twelfth  (1/12) of the Annual Base Rent for the Extension  Term and shall be
paid at the same time and in the same manner as provided in the Lease.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of
the day and year first above written.

                                    LANDLORD:

                                    DUKE REALTY MINNESOTA, LLC,
                                    a Minnesota limited liability
                                    company


                                    By:/s/ Robert H. Johnson
                                       -------------------------------
                                       Robert H. Johnson
                                       Chief Manager


                                    TENANT:

                                    LULL INTERNATIONAL, INC.,
                                    a Delaware corporation


                                    By:/s/ Dianna I. Herman
                                       -------------------------------

                                    Printed: Dianna I. Herman
                                            --------------------------

                                    Title:  Controller
                                          ----------------------------


STATE OF _______________)
                        ) SS:
COUNTY OF ______________)

          Before  me,  a  Notary  Public  in and  for  said  County  and  State,
personally appeared _________________________, by me known and by me known to be
the   ________________________   of  Lull   International,   Inc.,   a  Delaware
corporation,  who  acknowledged  the execution of the above and foregoing  Lease
Agreement for and on behalf of said corporation.

          WITNESS my hand and Notarial Seal this 19th day of August, 1998.


                                     /s/ Lee Ann Verbovanec
                                     ---------------------------------   
                                     Notary Public


                                     Lee Ann Verbovanec
                                     ---------------------------------   
                                     (Printed Signature)


My Commission Expires:  January 31, 2000
                      ------------------

My County of Residence:  Washington
                       -----------------


                                      -21-


                            [OMNIQUIP/SKY TRAK LOGOS]





                                 LABOR AGREEMENT

                                Entered into by:

                             TRAK International Inc.
                              369 W. Western Avenue
                            Port Washington, WI 53074

                                       And

                                   Local 1430
                                 District No. 10
          International Association of Machinist and Aerospace Workers

                                November 1, 1998
                                       To
                                October 31, 2003




                                [HANDSHAKE LOGO]



<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


         Management Clause------------------------------------------------- 2

         Grievance Procedure----------------------------------------------- 3

         Seniority

                  Temporary Layoffs---------------------------------------- 5

                  Job Postings--------------------------------------------- 6

                  Loss of ------------------------------------------------- 7

                  Temporary Transfers-------------------------------------- 9

         Vacation---------------------------------------------------------- 9

         Hours & Overtime------------------------------------------------- 11

                  Double Time--------------------------------------------- 12

                  Shift Premium------------------------------------------- 13

         Holidays--------------------------------------------------------- 14

         Pay Provisions--------------------------------------------------- 14

                  Jury Duty----------------------------------------------- 15

                  Funeral/Bereavement------------------------------------- 15

         Safety----------------------------------------------------------- 16

         Benefits

                  Group Insurance (Health, Life, S&A, etc.)--------------- 18

                  401 (k) Savings Plan------------------------------------ 20

         No Strike - No Lockout------------------------------------------- 20

         Plant Closing---------------------------------------------------- 22


<PAGE>
                                    AGREEMENT


This  Agreement  made and  entered  into  this 1st day of  November  1998 by and
between  TRAK  International  Inc. in Port  Washington,  Wisconsin,  hereinafter
referred to as the company and District 10 of the  International  Association of
Machinists and Aerospace Workers, Milwaukee, Wisconsin,  hereinafter referred to
as the Union is set forth to establish principles and harmonious labor relations
for the exclusive use of the contracting parties.


                                    ARTICLE I

RECOGNITION

1.00     The  Company  hereby  recognizes  District  No.10 of the  International
         Association  of  Machinists  and  Aerospace  Workers  as the  exclusive
         bargaining  agent for all production and  maintenance  employees of the
         Company's  plants  in  the  Port  Washington,  Wisconsin  area  in  the
         Milwaukee, Wisconsin area, but excluding office and clerical employees,
         and  supervisors  as defined in the  National  Labor  Relations  Act as
         amended.  Supervisors  must  have full  authority  to hire,  fire,  and
         recommend wage increases subject to the regular Company  policies,  and
         shall not work on the jobs normally performed by production  employees,
         except to the extent  necessary  in  instructing  employees  during job
         runs, provided, however, that any such overall work performed shall not
         exceed 20% of the normal work week. If development  of prototype  parts
         or machines is performed on site,  bargaining  unit  employees  will be
         used  for the  majority  of the  activities.  Salaried  personnel  will
         participate  as  needed  up to 20%  of  the  work  to  assist  training
         bargaining unit employees,  performing  sample trials,  and evaluations
         including test.

1.01     As a condition of employment,  all employees  covered by this Agreement
         shall no later  that the 61st work day after the date of the  execution
         of this Agreement,  or in the case of new employees,  no later than the
         61st work day after the date of hiring,  becoming  members of the Union
         and  remain  members of the Union in good  standing  during the term of
         this Agreement.

1.02     Check-off. For the duration of this Agreement, the Company
         agrees to deduct the regular  monthly Union dues and/or  initiation fee
         from the pay of each  employee who executes and delivers to the Company
         a written authorization for such deductions,  which authorization shall
         be in a form acceptable to the Company and such authorization  shall be
         irrevocable for the period of one (1) year, or until the termination of
         the Agreement,  whichever occurs sooner;  such  authorization  shall be
         automatically  renewed and shall be irrevocable for successive  periods
         of one (1) year each or for the  period of each  succeeding  applicable
         collective  agreement  between  the  Company  and the Union,  whichever
         occurs  sooner,  unless  written notice is given by the employee to the
         Company and the Union at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration
         of each  period  of one (1)  year,  or of  each  applicable  collective
         bargaining  agreement  between  the  Company  and the Union,  whichever
         occurs sooner.

                                                                               1
<PAGE>

         All deductions  shall be made from the second  paycheck to be delivered
         to the employee each month,  beginning with the month following receipt
         by the Company of his  authorization.  All amounts  deducted each month
         shall be paid by the  Company to the Union  official  certified  by the
         Union as authorized to receive them on the Union's behalf.

1.03     The Union agrees to indemnify and hold the Company harmless against any
         and all claims,  suits,  orders or judgments  brought or issued against
         the Company as a result of any action taken or not taken by the Company
         under the provisions of Section 1.02.

1.04     The parties mutually agree that there will be no  discrimination to any
         employee or  applicant  for  employment  based on race,  creed,  color,
         religion, sex, age, national origin,  disability,  disabled veteran and
         Vietnam  era  veterans,  or other area of  prohibitive  discrimination.
         Throughout  this  Agreement,  a  masculine  pronoun  shall be deemed to
         include the feminine.  All employment  decisions  shall be based on the
         principles of equal  opportunity  and affirmation  action.  All acts of
         discrimination and/or harassment (including sexual harassment) shall be
         subject to disciplinary action up to and including discharge.


                                   ARTICLE II

MANAGEMENT CLAUSE

2.00     Except as otherwise expressly limited by this Agreement, the management
         of the  Company's  plant and business and the  direction of the working
         force,  including the rights to plan, direct, and control operations in
         the use of all equipment  and other  property of the Company are vested
         exclusively in the Company and include, but are not limited to: hiring,
         suspending,  or discharging of employees for proper cause, transferring
         or relieving  employees from duty for lack of work or other  legitimate
         reasons,  right to  study or  introduce  improved  production  methods,
         facilities,  and the right to establish  reasonable  rules. Such rights
         shall be  exercised  in  accordance  with the terms of this  Agreement,
         subject to the  grievance  procedure.  The Company  shall have the sole
         right to make such  technical  and other changes in  operations,  as it
         deems necessary and as a result of the  introduction of new work or the
         installation  of new machinery or processing or for any other  reasons.
         All functions of management  not herein  relinquished  or limited shall
         remain vested in the Company.


                                                                               2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE III

GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

3.00     Should  differences  arise between the Company and its employees either
         individually  or  collectively as to the meaning and application of the
         provisions of this Agreement or should  differences arise about matters
         within the framework of this  agreement an earnest effort shall be made
         to settle such differences at the earliest  possible time by use of the
         following procedures.

3.01     Step #1. An aggrieved  employee or employees shall present his or their
         grievances to his or their department  supervisor  accompanied,  if the
         employee or employees so desire,  by a committee  person within two (2)
         working days of union knowledge of the event causing the grievance. The
         supervisor  shall respond with an answer within two (2) days during the
         regular work week.

3.02     Step #2. If not settled at Step #1, the grievance shall be presented in
         writing  and  signed by the  aggrieved  employee(s)  to a member of the
         Union  Committee,  who will in turn present two copies of the grievance
         to the Director of  Manufacturing,  Human  Resources  Manager or a duly
         appointed  Company   representative   within  three  (3)  working  days
         following Step #1.

         Grievances  will be dated and should  refer to a specific  article  and
         section number and the corrective action desired.

         Management  will have three (3) working  days to write an answer to the
         grievance and return it to the Union Committee.

         The final  disposition  will be  written in the place  provided  on the
         front of the grievance form.

3.03     Step #3. If the  grievance  is not  settled  in the  second  step,  the
         grievance   shall  then  be  taken  up  by  the  Union   Committee  and
         representative  of  the  Union  and  a  designated   representative  or
         representatives of the Company, within thirty (30) calendar days of the
         second step response.

3.04     Step #4. In the event the parties  cannot agree in the third step,  the
         dispute may then be referred to  arbitration.  This must be done within
         twenty  (20)  working  days  from  the  completion  of  Step  #3 or the
         grievance will be deemed resolved.

         The arbitration procedure shall be as follows:

          a)  The  party  raising  the issue  shall  notify  the other  party by
              certified mail, return receipt requested, informing them that they
              are carrying the grievance to arbitration.  The notification shall
              include the identity of the grievant(s), the identification of the
              issue(s),  the remedy desired,  and the claimed  violation(s),  if
              any, of the Labor Agreement.


                                                                               3
<PAGE>

          b)  The party desiring arbitration shall request the Federal Mediation
              and Conciliation  service to submit to the parties a panel. Within
              ten (10)  working  days after  receipt  of such panel the  parties
              shall meet for the purpose of  selecting an  arbitrator  from such
              panel. Each of the parties shall alternately  strike one name from
              the  panel  until  the name of only one  person  remains  and such
              person shall be the arbitrator.  The determination of the party to
              strike  the first  name  shall be made by the flip of a coin.  The
              foregoing  procedure  for the  selection of an  arbitrator  may be
              waived if the parties mutually agree upon an arbitrator.

         (c)      The  arbitrator's  decision  shall be  rendered in writing and
                  shall be final and binding upon the Company and the Union.

         (d)      The  Arbitrator  shall not have the power to add to, or change
                  any of the provisions of the Agreement.

         (e)      Each party will bear its cost of the arbitration. The expenses
                  and fee of the arbitrator  will be shared equally by the Union
                  and the Company.

                  All time  limits  set  forth  in the  foregoing  steps  may be
                  extended by mutual agreement of the parties.

3.05     Any  employee  facing  suspension  or discharge  will be granted  Union
         Representation  with  management  prior to the  suspension or discharge
         being  effected.  Should  a  grievance  result  from  a  suspension  or
         discharge,  it will be  introduced at and as provided in Step #3 of the
         Grievance Procedure.

3.06     Grievances involving  disciplinary action against employees that result
         in loss of work or  disqualification  for job opportunity  resulting in
         loss of pay or  benefits  shall  not be  initiated  more  than  six (6)
         working  days  from  the date  the  action  first  became  the  Union's
         knowledge.

3.07     General  wage  negotiations,   agreement   negotiations  and  including
         amendments to the  Agreement are excluded from the grievance  procedure
         above set forth and, therefore, are not arbitrable.  Arbitration is not
         intended  and shall not be  construed  in any way so as to  qualify  or
         change any of the terms or provisions of the Agreement.


                                                                               4
<PAGE>

                                   Article IV

SENIORITY

4.00     An  employee's  seniority  is  based  upon  the  length  of  continuous
         employment  both with the Company and the  predecessor  company,  shall
         begin from the date of hiring  after  completion  of sixty (60) working
         days,  which  shall  constitute  the  probationary  period.   Seniority
         includes  the  accumulated  time an  employee  is on the payroll of the
         Company  whether working or laid off, for a period of absence due to an
         injury or illness  and for period of approved  leaves of  absence,  all
         subject to the other provisions of the seniority clause.  Seniority for
         employees with the identical  dates of hire will be determined  through
         the use of the  last  six  digits  of  their  social  security  number.
         Comparison of those numbers will produce a lowest sequential number and
         that  employee will be senior.  Seniority  will apply on a company wide
         basis  for the unit  covered  by this  Agreement  and will  govern  the
         process  of  layoff  and  recall  only  provided  the  senior  employee
         processes the necessary skills to do the available job in an acceptable
         manner.

         Employees, if transferred from this bargaining unit to jobs outside the
         bargaining unit, shall have his or her Accumulated  seniority frozen as
         of the date of transfer for one year,  and may return to the bargaining
         unit one time to any  available  job.  For the  purpose of  promotions,
         transfers,  and job  posting,  seniority  will apply on a company  wide
         basis  for the unit  covered  by this  Agreement  provided  the  senior
         employee  possesses  the  necessary  skills  to  perform  the job in an
         acceptable manner.

4.01     Layoffs.  In the  reduction of the working  force,  the following
         procedure will be followed:

         (a)  The Company and Union will discuss  pending  layoff/recalls before
              notification.

          (b) Temporary Layoffs. Temporary layoffs of five (5) days (Monday thru
              Friday inclusive) are allowed within department and classification
              without Company-wide seniority or notice restrictions provided:

                   (1)     Employees  affected are notified and given the option
                           to volunteer for temporary layoff and/or:

                   (2)     That in the event the volunteer option above does not
                           satisfy the reduction requirement, seniority shall be
                           honored   but  only   within  the   departments   and
                           classifications affected after all possible temporary
                           transfers are filled.


                                                                               5
<PAGE>

                  (3)      This provision does not exceed three (3) occurrences
                           per year per department and classification.

                  (4)      Temporary  layoff  will not be  applied in any way to
                           affect the employee's benefits and holidays otherwise
                           set forth in this Agreement.

         (c) Indefinite Layoff

                  (1)      Before  layoff of any  employee,  the  Committee  and
                           affected  employees  will be given  five (5)  working
                           days notice of a forthcoming layoff.

                  (2)      Senior  employees  will be  transferred or moved from
                           one job classification to another consistent with the
                           employee's skills provided:

                           (a)      The employee has successfully  performed the
                                    job  in  the  past,   or  the   Company  has
                                    determined the employee can do the job after
                                    a maximum of five (5) days of  training  and
                                    evaluation, or

                           (b)      The job is a lower labor grade.

         (d)      The applicable job rate will apply with first Monday of job
                  change, due to force reduction.

         (e)      An  employee  may refuse a transfer to a job two or more labor
                  grades  lower than his home base labor  grade and upon  layoff
                  shall  retain his  seniority,  but must  report as provided in
                  4.05 ( c ) below  upon  recall to a job  within  one (1) labor
                  grade of his home base grade of his home base grade.

4.02     Recall.  In the event of an  increase  in the work  force,  the Company
         shall  follow  the  procedures  listed  in  Section  4.01  in  reverse.
         Thereafter-new employees may be hired.

4.03     Job Posting. All job vacancies,  including new jobs, will be posted for
         two (2)  working  days.  Bids for these jobs will be on a  Company-wide
         basis.  Job posting bid sheets shall indicate the maximum number of job
         openings.  Any jobs not  awarded or filled by new hire thirty (30) days
         from the date of posting  shall be reposted.  The  following  procedure
         will be observed:

         (a)      Employees  may make an  application  stating  why they want to
                  change and state their skills. The Company agrees to give such
                  applicant  careful  consideration  and to  make  such  changes
                  provided the employee possesses the skills to do the job in an
                  acceptable manner.

         (b)      When bids are posted,  before award is made,  the  Supervisor,
                  Team  leader  and  Union  Steward  for that  area will meet to
                  decide  either  (a) who gets the  award (b) the order in which
                  the  bidders  receive a trial  bid.  If this team is unable to
                  decide,  the matter will be  referred  to the Mutual  Interest
                  Group.  When skills to perform the job in an acceptable manner
                  are  relatively  equal,  seniority  will  prevail  subject  to
                  provisions of the seniority article.

                                                                               6

<PAGE>

         (c)      In the event the  employee  does not qualify  during the trial
                  period of ten (10) working  days,  he shall be returned to the
                  former job he bid from  provided he possesses  more  seniority
                  than an employee in that former  classification.  If not,  the
                  employee  may  exercise  his  seniority  within the company on
                  existing vacancies provided he/she has the appropriate skills.
                  The employee  shall not be allowed to bid on any other job for
                  six (6) months following  disqualification of himself or three
                  (3) months if the Company disqualifies the employee.

         (d)      Two (2) weeks after job  bidding,  the  selected  employee and
                  Union will be advised  as to  his/her  selection  for the job.
                  Every effort will be made to move the successful bidder to the
                  new position within sixty (60) days. This does not guarantee a
                  job until such job is available. After thirty (30) days if the
                  selected employee is not moved he shall receive the pay of the
                  job awarded.

         (e)      When employees bid down, said employees cannot bid for six
                  months.

         (f)      Employees shall be limited to one successful job bid in any 
                  six (6) month period.

4.04     The above sections shall be administered by the following rules:

         (a)      In downgrading, the affected employee will retain his relative
                  position in the new rate schedule.

         (b)      In upgrading or lateral movement, the affected employee's base
                  hourly wage will be reduced by twenty-five  cents ($.25) for a
                  period of thirty (30) days.  During this period,  the employee
                  will   improve   his   skill   and   knowledge   in  his   new
                  classification.  After  thirty (30) days,  the  employee  will
                  receive  $0.25 and move to the next  level in the wage  matrix
                  for that labor grade.

4.05     Seniority shall cease upon:

         (a)      Justifiable discharge.

         (b)      Voluntary quitting.

         (c) Failure to comply with recall policy.

                  (1)   It is the obligation of every employee,  including those
                        on  layoff,to  keep the  Company  informed in writing of
                        their  correct home address and  telephone  number.  The
                        Company's obligation in connection with recall shall end
                        with a notice of recall sent by the Company by certified
                        mail to the employee's  current  address as shown on the
                        records of the Company.

                                                                               7

<PAGE>

                  (2)   Employees on layoff must report within three (3) working
                        days,  to their regular job or any job in the next lower
                        labor  grade  compared  to their home base labor  grade,
                        after  receiving   written  notice  by  certified  mail,
                        receipt  requested.  This does not apply to an employee,
                        who by reason of  illness or other  good  cause,  is not
                        able to report and so  advises  the  Company  within the
                        three (3) day period.

                  (3)   Employees on layoff who are offered employment,  and are
                        not  working  elsewhere,  on jobs other than his regular
                        job prior to lay off,  or within one (1) labor  grade of
                        his home base grade  shall be given  three (3) work days
                        to  accept  such job.  If the  employee  is not  working
                        elsewhere  and  such  job  offer  is not  accepted,  the
                        employee  will  be  denied   Unemployment   Compensation
                        benefits by TRAK International, Inc.

                  (4)   In  contrast  to  number 3  above,  if the  employee  is
                        working  elsewhere,  and such job offer  (other than his
                        regular or within one (1) labor  grade of his home base)
                        is refused,  the employee  will retain his seniority and
                        Unemployment Compensation benefit rights.

         (d)      Absence from work for three (3) consecutive days without 
                  notifying the Company.

         (e)      For  failure to return to work  after a Leave of  absence  has
                  expired  unless  proper  notification  to the Company has been
                  made and an extension granted subject to Section 11.00.

4.06     Employees shall retain seniority for recall from layoff based upon
         their seniority at time of layoffs as follows:

          a)      170  Hours  to one year  seniority:  One  year  seniority  for
                  recall.

          b)      One year to five years seniority:  Equal to seniority time for
                  recall.

          c)      Five years or more seniority: One-half (1/2) of seniority time
                  minimum five years for recall.

4.07     Shop  Committeemen  shall head the seniority list.  Their employment in
         their respective classification,  department, and plant shall remain in
         effect so long as their classification, department, and the plant is in
         operation. These employees shall be compensated at their current hourly
         rate for all time  consumed (up to a maximum of their  scheduled  shift
         hours) in Union activity with the Company or its representatives during
         the regular work schedule at the plant.

                                                                               8

<PAGE>

         Should the  Committeeman  be  required to leave his  department,  their
         supervisor will be notified  accordingly,  as to where he is going, who
         he is going to see, and why. Upon arrival the employee(s) involved will
         also  receive  an  appropriate  card on which  shall be noted  the time
         started  Union  activity.   When  the  Committeeman  and  employee  are
         finished,  their time of return to work shall be on the card. Such time
         charged for Union activity shall continue until the card is returned to
         the supervisor.

4.08     Employees  returning from military  service shall be reinstated  under
         Government rules and regulations.

4.09     When  necessary to either  downgrade or remove an employee from the job
         due to some physical  impairment,  both parties to this Agreement shall
         decide  this  issue as  favorable  as is  possible  for the  individual
         through the terms of the Labor Agreement.

4.10     Temporary transfers shall not exceed three(3) terms of thirty (30) days
         each or one (1) term of ninety (90)  consecutive  days. If the job then
         appears to be permanent,  it shall be posted in accordance with Section
         4.03 of this Agreement.  The term,  temporary transfer,  does not apply
         where  employees  are  absent,  on  vacation,  or  out of  work  in the
         employee's  classification.  Temporary  transfer pay will be handled as
         follows:  When  an  employee  is  assigned  work  in  a  higher  paying
         classification,  the employee will  immediately be paid the higher rate
         of pay.  However,  should an  employee  be  assigned  to a lower  rated
         classification, the employee would retain his present rate of pay.

                                    ARTICLE V

VACATIONS

5.00     Subject to the following requirements,  each of the Company's employees
         to whom this  Agreement is applicable  shall be granted a vacation with
         pay, including night shift premium.

Earned Vacation Schedule:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Length of Employee's                               Minimum Number                 Percent Vacation               Minimum Vacation 
      Seniority to                                  of Vacation Days                   Pay of All                        Hours
    Anniversary Date                                      Earned                         Earnings                       
<S>                                                 <C>                             <C>                            <C>    

0 but less than 1 year                                    5 days                           2.10%                            0
1 but less than 2 years                                   5 days                           2.10%                           40
2 but less than 3 years                                   6 days                           2.52%                           48
3 but less than 4 years                                   7 days                           2.94%                           56
4 but less than 7 years                                   10 days                          4.20%                           80
7 but less than 8 years                                   11 days                          4.62%                           88
8 but less than 10 years                                  12 days                          5.04%                           96
10 but less than 16 years                                 15 days                          6.30%                          120
16 but less than 17 years                                 16 days                          6.72%                          128
17 but less than 18 years                                 17 days                          7.14%                          136
18 but less than 19 years                                 20 days                          8.40%                          160
19 but less than 20 years                                 21 days                          8.82%                          168
20 but less than 21 years                                 22 days                          9.24%                          176
21 but less than 22 years                                 23 days                          9.66%                          184
22 years or more                                          25 days                         10.50%                          200

</TABLE>
                                                                               9

<PAGE>


5.01     Employees may arrange for prepaid  vacations which are five (5) days or
         longer by completing a Request for Prepaid Vacation form and submitting
         it to their  supervisor  at least seven (7) days prior to the Monday of
         the vacation period.

5.02     The  employee's  W-2 form last issued by the  Company  with the Federal
         Government shall be used in computing the employee's  vacation benefits
         in  accordance  with the above  schedule.  Employees  shall be paid the
         amount of the  percent  vacation  pay of all  earnings  or the  minimum
         vacation  hours  earned,  whichever  is  greater  as  provided  in this
         Article.

5.03     An  Employee's  Percentage  Vacation Pay as provided for above shall be
         derived  by  computing  his total  earnings  together  with any  bonus,
         vacation pay, and holiday pay granted.  Time lost due to illness of one
         (1)  week  or more  duration  but  not  more  than  (10)  weeks  in any
         anniversary  year and time lost due to a compensable  accident shall be
         counted as time worked in computing  vacation pay on the basis of eight
         (8) hours per day and forty (40) hours per week.

5.04     An employee who is laid off indefinitely  shall be paid vacation pay at
         the appropriate  percentage of his previous year's W-2 form.  Employees
         will not be paid the minimum  hours.  Employees  who were laid off have
         the option to take  pro-rated  vacation or not after recall.  Employees
         not recalled during the year may request their vacation pay.

5.05     In the event the  company  designates  a specific  week(s) as a general
         shutdown,  notice  will be posted as soon as  possible  or a minimum of
         three(3) months advance notice will be given.

5.06     Vacation  shall  be  granted  at  such  time  during  the  year  as the
         management  finds  most  suitable,  considering  both the wishes of the
         employee  and the  efficient  operation  of the  department  concerned.
         Insofar as practical,  employees  with the highest  seniority  shall be
         given preference of date.

5.07     Vacation  Choice Slips will be distributed to employees the first (1st)
         Monday in February on the vacation year.

         By the third (3rd) Monday in February,  all employees shall select,  by
         seniority,  up to two (2) weeks of their vacation, for approval,  after
         which the  selection of the third (3rd) and fourth (4th) weeks shall be
         in the same manner.

         Employees who do not respond with  vacation  choices by the third (3rd)
         Monday in February loose their right of exercising seniority preference
         for vacation time off for the rest of the vacation year.

         Employees will be informed by the fourth (4th) Monday in February as to
         the  status of their  vacation  requests.  Should  employees'  original
         requests be denied,  they will be allowed other choices providing their
         first requests were filed timely.

                                                                              10
<PAGE>

5.08     Vacations should be taken in multiples of five (5) consecutive  working
         days. Employees with more than one (1) week may take odd days at a time
         other than the full week period. However, employees shall be allowed to
         schedule  single  days of  vacation  up to a maximum  of ten (10) days.
         Whenever  possible,  three  (3) days  advance  notice  should be given.
         Employees  may  schedule  up to 4 1/2 days of  vacation  provided  they
         obtain  approval  from their  supervisors  at least 24 hours in advance
         which may be taken, using the same criteria as single days in 5.09 with
         24 hour approval.  Single  vacations days will be granted in accordance
         with Section 5.07 above and section  7.04,  maintaining  the  efficient
         operation of the department concerned.

         Half-days  vacation pay. When four (4) hours of vacation are used,  all
         hours  in  excess  of the  standard  eight  (8)  will  be  paid  at the
         appropriate rate.

         a)    In cases of absence due to  emergency,  the employee  will report
               his absence and request one(1) day vacation from his supervisor.

         b)    When the  Supervisor  can  spare  the  employee  with no upset to
               production,  the employee and  Supervisor  may agree to less than
               three (3) days, 24 hours, advance notice, whichever applies.

5.09     No employee  shall be required to work on the  Saturday or Sunday prior
         to his vacation nor on the Saturday or Sunday immediately following his
         vacation.

5.10     Armed  Services.  Any  employee  who is drafted or enlists for military
         duty by the United States Government shall be paid such vacation pay as
         he is entitled to at the time of leaving the  employment of the Company
         to enter such service.  Such employees  returning from the Armed Forces
         within ninety (90) day after  honorable  discharge shall be given their
         vacation  in the year  that  they  return  to work and  accorded  their
         accumulated seniority while they were in the service.

5.11     An  employee  who has  completed  one or more  years  service  with the
         Company who is terminated  for any reason  whatsoever,  such  employees
         shall be paid any vacation benefits due such employee.

5.12     In the case of death,  the vacation pay will be paid to the  employee's
         lawful heir or beneficiary.


                                   ARTICLE VI

HOURS AND OVERTIME

6.00     Eight (8)  consecutive  hours with an assigned  lapse  period for lunch
         shall constitute a normal day's work. Lunch periods shall be determined
         by mutual agreement between the parties.

6.01     Five (5) days,  Monday through  Friday  inclusive,  shall  constitute a
         normal weeks work.


                                                                              11

<PAGE>

6.02     The  normal  shift  hours  will be as  follows,  except  when  overtime
         requires departure therefrom:

                       1st Shift - 7:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.
                     2nd Shift - 3:30 p.m. to 12:00 Midnight
           3rd shift - 11:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m. (starts Sunday evening)


Included in this  schedule is a thirty (30) minute  unpaid  lunch period for the
1st and 2nd shifts and a 15 minute paid lunch period for the
3rd shift.  The paid lunch period is at the employee's  personal hourly rate for
the job in which he is working immediately prior to the designated lunch period.

Stated times may be adjusted to accommodate changes in production schedules when
agreed upon by the Mutual Interest Group.

The Summer  Shift Hours will be from the first  Monday in May to the last Friday
in October as follows, except when overtime requires departure therefrom:

                       1st Shift - 6:00 a.m. to 2:30 p.m.
                       2nd Shift - 2:30 p.m. to 11:00 p.m.
                       3rd Shift - 10:00 p.m. to 6:00 a.m.

Included in this schedule is a thirty (30) minute unpaid lunch period.
Stated times may be adjusted to accommodate changes in production schedules when
agreed upon by the Mutual Interest Group.

6.03     In the  event  a  second  and/or  third  shift  operation  is  created,
         employees with the most seniority within their classification will have
         the preference of shift.

6.04     All hours worked in excess or outside of the normal scheduled eight (8)
         hour shift, or the normal  scheduled forty (40) hour work week shall be
         paid for at the rate of time and  one-half  (1-1/2) the regular  hourly
         rate of the employee.

6.05     All employees  shall be allowed a three (3) minute  wash-up time before
         their  assigned  mid-day  lunch  period  and at the end of each  shift,
         except for employees in classifications  granted additional time due to
         the nature of their work.

         Break  periods will be as follows:  A ten (10) minute break for regular
         eight (8) hours  shifts and  Saturdays.  A five (5) minute  break to be
         taken during the ninth (9th) hour of a ten (10) hour or more shift.

6.06     Double time (2x) the rate shall be paid for all hour worked:

         a)    Over ten (10) hours in any  twenty-four  (24) hour period (except
               as it applies to second shift employees working Saturday overtime
               commencing  at 11:00 a.m.  or third shift  employees  starting at
               11:30 p.m.).

         b)    Over five (5) hours on Saturday.

         c)    Sunday.

         d)    Designated  Holidays  (in  addition  employees  working  on  such
               Holiday shall receive Holiday pay).

                                                                              12

<PAGE>

6.07     An employee reporting for work on a regularly  scheduled work day or as
         instructed  shall be guaranteed a minimum of four (4) hours work and/or
         for (4) hours pay at their regular rate with overtime provisions stated
         above applying for Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays, unless notified not
         to report,  at least  twelve  (12) hours in advance of the shift  start
         time.  The  provisions  of the Section  shall not apply at acts of God,
         during inventory, or any act beyond the Company's control.

6.08     Insofar as is practical  without  reducing the efficiency of the plant,
         all overtime worked in each classification within a department shall be
         divided  as  equally  as  possible  among  the  employees   within  the
         classification with the department.*

         Employees  entering a  classification  in a department by hire,  bid or
         other means will be credited with the maximum  amount of overtime hours
         worked by an incumbent employee in that classification and department.

                *Overtime  records of work performed or refused shall be kept to
                  maintain  such  division  and  made  available  to  the  Union
                  Committee.

6.09     Scheduled  overtime  shall be when the Company  notifies the  employees
         within one hour after lunch  break of any day prior to daily  overtime,
         or within  one our after  lunch  break on  Thursday  preceding  weekend
         overtime.  A minimum  work  force of 66-2/3%  of the  employees  in the
         classification,  department,  and shift shall work to assure  efficient
         operation during scheduled overtime.  On full department work scheduled
         other than the normal  work-week,  a minimum of 66-2/3% of the overtime
         in a normal week (Monday-Friday) must be worked by each employee in the
         department.  If an employee  agrees to work  overtime and then fails to
         report for such  overtime  work,  such  failure  shall be treated as an
         unexcused absence.

6.10     All non-scheduled  daily or weekend overtime shall be optional with the
         individual employee.

6.11     A minimum  premium rate per hour above the  employee's  regular  hourly
         rate will be paid to second and third shift  workers  according  to the
         following schedule:

         Second Shift (Cents per hour)      .45
         Third Shift  (Cents per hour)      .50

6.12     Labor Agreement  provisions regarding hours and overtime will apply for
         all time worked (including minimum hours pay) for employees agreeing to
         offsite work.

6.13     The  Schedule  for  Overtime  hours  will  be  determined  by the  team
         consisting of the Union  Representative  and the Supervisor of the area
         with consent of the Mutual Interest Group.

6.14     On operations  involving  continuous processes or critical work center,
         the Company may assign  someone to that  operation on a staggered  time
         basis to cover for breaks and lunch time, with at least 24 hours notice
         or by mutual agreement.

                                                                              13

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VII

HOLIDAYS

7.00     Holidays will be celebrated according to the attached schedule, Exhibit
         C.

7.01     All  eligible  employees  covered by this  Agreement,  except  those on
         non-emergency  leave of Absence or Military  Service  and Layoff  shall
         receive Holiday Pay including shift premium, if applicable.

7.02     Employees on a bona-fide Sick Leave and Absence and drawing  disability
         compensation  during the period in which a Holiday  occurs will be paid
         Holiday  pay  which  will be  reported  as  income  to the payer of the
         disability benefit.

7.03     The  Company  will not  schedule  layoffs  prior to  Holidays  to avoid
         payment of Holiday pay. Any employee  laid off two (2) weeks prior to a
         Holiday will receive Holiday pay.

7.04     To receive  Holiday pay, an employee  must have  completed 340 hours of
         employment  and must have worked the regularly  scheduled  hours on the
         work day  immediately  preceding and following the Holiday  except when
         absent  because of an excused  absence,  excused  tardiness,  scheduled
         vacation (including 1 day call in), jury service, being subpoenaed as a
         witness,  due to a death  in the  family  or  documented  circumstances
         and/or  circumstances  reasonably  acceptable to Management.  Tardiness
         equal to 1-1/2  hours or less will not affect  eligibility  for Holiday
         Pay.

7.05     When  Holidays  occur  consecutively  and an  employee  fails to report
         either the day before and/or the day after eligibility requirements, as
         provided  for in 7.04  above,  he shall  lose  the  holiday  pay  which
         corresponds to the day of absence.


                                  ARTICLE VIII


PAY PROVISIONS

8.00     The  classification  of any job existing as of the date of execution of
         this  Agreement,  or  established  during the term of the  Agreement as
         provided  in 8.01,  shall  remain  unchanged  for the  duration of this
         Agreement unless the job content is changed. No one shall be downgraded
         during the term of this  Agreement  subject to Section  4.09 except for
         just cause.

8.01     When the need for a new job occurs or an existing  job is changed,  the
         job content/description  will be the sole responsibility of the Company
         not subject to the Grievance  procedure or  bargaining.  In the event a
         new job is created or an existing  job is  changed,  the Union shall be
         notified of same and the Company  may operate  same with the  temporary
         classification  and rate.  As soon as  practical,  but in no event more
         than  thirty  (30)  days  thereafter,   the  Company  shall  prepare  a
         description for the job and a permanent  classification and rate, which
         shall be submitted to the Union. In the event such  classification  and
         rate are not acceptable to the Union, they may be placed in effect, but
         this shall be a matter for the grievance and arbitration procedure.

                                                                              14
<PAGE>


         When the  classification  and rate are  finalized,  either by agreement
         between the parties or through the grievance and arbitration procedure,
         they shall be  incorporated  in the job  classification  manual and the
         rate shall be made  retroactive  to the date the new or changed job was
         first placed in effect.

8.02     Should a machine  operator be required to operate more than one machine
         simultaneously.

         No. of Machines Operated           Increase in Rate While Operating
         ------------------------           --------------------------------
                   2                                   $ .75
                   3                                   $1.00
                   4                                   $1.25

8.03     The Company  will pay its  employees  on a weekly  basis on the regular
         designated pay day, unless mutually agreed to otherwise.

8.04     Job and wage rate  classifications  shall be attached hereto and marked
         Exhibit A and shall by this reference become part of this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE IX

JURY DUTY - MAKE UP PAY AND FUNERAL PAY

9.00     When an  employee is  selected  to serve on a local or  community  jury
         panel,  the Company  will make up a portion of the wages  according  to
         certain conditions as follows:

         (a)      To qualify for  make-up  wages,  an employee  must either have
                  served  on a trial or  consumed  more than a half day in court
                  before  dismissal which would make it impractical to return to
                  work.

         (b)      Make-up  wages will be based upon a maximum of eight (8) hours
                  of total  wages  less  jury  panel  daily  fee in any one day,
                  Saturday,  Sundays and Holidays to be excluded. The plant must
                  be operating  in whole or part and the  employee  regularly at
                  work to be paid make-up wages.

         (c)      A form  provided by the Company with  signature  affixed by an
                  official of the court will be necessary  before  make-up wages
                  can be granted.

9.01     Funeral Pay. In the event of the death of an employee's relative,  such
         employees shall be permitted to take time off as necessary according to
         the following schedule:

         (a)      Employee's  Mother,  Father,   Brother,   Sister,  Spouse,  or
                  Children,  or  Step-Children  - eight  (8)  hours  at  regular
                  straight time rate not to exceed three (3) consecutive days of
                  work.

         (b)      Employee's    Grandparents,     Grandchildren,    Step-Mother,
                  Step-Father,   Step-Brother,    Step-Sister,    Mother-in-Law,
                  Father-in-Law, Sister-in-Law,  Brother-in-Law, Son-in-Law, and
                  Daughter-in-Law  eight (8) hours at regular straight time rate
                  not to exceed two (2) consecutive days of work.

                                                                              15

<PAGE>

         (c)      Employees' vacation will be extended equal to appropriate days
                  during his vacation.


                                    ARTICLE X

SAFETY AND HEALTH

10.00    There shall not be less than two (2) employees working in a facility at
         a time.

10.01    The Company will furnish  gloves to Plate and Weld shop  personnel  for
         their use in normal day-to-day  functions.  Replacement new gloves will
         be  issued  upon  return  of the  used,  worn  gloves  to the Tool Room
         attendant.

10.02    The  wearing  of safety  shoes  shall be  mandatory  for all  employees
         covered by this  Agreement.  The Company will pay fifty  percent  (50%)
         towards the cost of two (2) pair of safety shoes per year to be worn at
         and for work and  $50.00  for  prescription  exam for first or  changed
         prescription for safety glasses.


                                   ARTICLE XI

LEAVE OF ABSENCE

11.00    Leave of absence  may be applied  for by filling out a leave of absence
         form as provided by management.

         Leaves of Absence may be granted upon the mutual agreement  between the
         Company and the Employee for a period not exceeding  sixty (60) working
         days except for Union  activity.  Leave of Absence shall be granted for
         full time Union  activity  for a two (2) year  renewal upon thirty (30)
         days written  notice.  Union  Leaves of Absence,  not to exceed two (2)
         employees at a time (for Union schools, conventions, etc.) except for a
         three day  overlap  shall be  granted  for a maximum  for  thirty  (30)
         working days per calendar  year.  Company agrees to notify the Union of
         all granted leaves

11.01    All  Leaves of Absence  shall be without  pay.  All  employees  granted
         Leaves of Absence  shall be  returned  to work with full  retention  of
         their seniority rights and at the prevailing rate of pay at the time of
         their return consistent with the other provisions of this Agreement.

11.02    Employees  returning  from Sick  Leave of  Absence  wherein  surgery or
         serious  illness was  involved are to advise the Company with a written
         release  from their  physician  at least (3) working days in advance of
         their  intended  return  day.  This will  allow  scheduling  within the
         department and review, if necessary,  of the employee's  condition by a
         physician(s) of the Company's choice, at the Company's expense.

                                                                              16


<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

12.00      The authorized representative or his duly appointed substitute of the
           Union,  shall have access to the  Company's  plants,  buildings,  and
           grounds during business hours upon approval of Management or its duly
           appointed representative.

12.01      The Company will furnish  chronological  seniority  listings  showing
           clock number, name,  birthdate,  seniority date, job title, shift and
           rate of pay every three (3) months to the Committee.

12.02      When hiring new  employees,  the  Company  agrees to notify the Union
           committee  chairman with the name of each  employee,  wage rate,  and
           classification before or no later than the first day of employment.

12.03      Bulletin  boards shall be made  available by the Company upon request
           by the Mutual Interest Group at convenient places as near as possible
           to the time  clock  for the  posting  of Union  notices  approved  by
           Management.

12.04      The Union  Bargaining  Committee shall be made up of no more than six
           (6) employees. Stewards will not apply to this section.

12.05      Representatives  of the  Company  and Union will meet within five (5)
           working  days of  receipt of a written  (verbal by mutual  agreement)
           request by either  party.  The request is to include the agenda to be
           discussed  and such  meetings  not to exceed one (1) per month unless
           mutually agreed otherwise.

12.06      Should any State or Federal  court  decide  that any given  clause of
           this Agreement is not in accordance with a State or Federal  Statute,
           this shall not nullify the remaining clauses of this agreement.

12.07      Credit Union deductions will be implemented when requested.

12.08      Any  assignment  to new start  times  other than those  worked by the
           majority of employees the following  prorated premium  allowance will
           be paid. This does not supersede Section 6.04.

           One hour after  shift  start time  .10/Hr Two hours after shift start
           time .10/Hr.  Three hours after shift start time  .12/Hr.  Four hours
           after  shift  start time  .16/Hr.  Five hours  after shift start time
           .20/Hr.

12.09      Before any work is outsourced, except for emergencies, the Union will
           be notified  by  Management  fourteen  (14) days in advance of actual
           outsource date.

12.10      The  Mutual   Interest   Group  will  meet  to  discuss   outsourcing
           alternatives. Management reserves the right to a final decision.

                                                                              17

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII

GROUP INSURANCE

Health  Insurance:  The company  shall  provide to all active  employees a Group
comprehensive Health Plan, which applies to covered medical expenses.

The employee shall pay:
                                                               PPO
                                      IN NETWORK               OUT OF NETWORK
                                      SINGLE       FAMILY      SINGLE     FAMILY
                                      ------       ------      ------     ------

PAYROLL DEDUCTION                          0           0           0           0

DEDUCTIBLE                            $  100      $  300      $  200      $  600

CO-INSURANCE                           90/10       90/10       75/25       75/25

MAXIMUM OUT OF POCKET                 $  350      $  800      $1,200      $2,600


                                             In and Out of Network
                                             ---------------------

          Co-Pays:          Drugs            $5 Generic / $10 Branded
                            Office Visit     $10 per occurrence
                            Emergency Room   $25 per occurrence

          Participants  enrolled in this PPO plan may move in and out of network
          throughout the enrollment  period.  Complete  details are available in
          the insurance booklet.

13.01     Life Insurance

          a)   Life - $20,000 Year

          b)   AD&D - one half to full amount of life insurance as specified in
               insurance handbook.

          c)   Life  insurance and AD&D will be reduced 8% per year beginning at
               age 65 for employees who elect to continue working.

13.02     Accident and Sickness:  The Company will provide accident and sickness
          insurance of $265.00 Year 1 ($270.00 in Year 2);  ($280.00 in Year 3);
          ($285.00  in Year 4) and  ($295.00 in Year 5) to a maximum of 26 weeks
          for regular active employees with eligibility for benefits,  beginning
          the first day of disability  caused by an accident or  hospitalization
          (as  defined  within the  policy)  and the fourth day for  illness not
          requiring  hospitalization  as  certified  by  his  physician.  Weekly
          accident  and  sickness  benefits  will  continue to be  provided  for
          actively working employees over the age of 65 until retirement.

          Employees will have the choice as to whether taxes will be withheld or
          not, however, employee must choose when applying for A&S Benefits.

          An employee unable to work due to sickness or accident will be granted
          a Leave of Absence upon  presentation of medical  documentation.  Such
          leave is subject to extension based on medical  reports  submitted but
          not to exceed time of  employment  with the  Company or eighteen  (18)
          months,  whichever us greater.  Group insurance coverage will continue
          to be  provided  to the  employee  while  drawing A & S benefits up to
          twenty-six (26)

                                                                              18

<PAGE>

           weeks. At the expiration of the employee's A & S benefits (26 weeks),
           the employee can remain in the Group Health,  Dental and Prescription
           Drug Plan for another eighteen (18) months (COBRA coverage) by paying
           advance  monthly to the Company for such coverage except weekly A & S
           benefits.

13.03      The company will provide Dental Insurance (Comprehensive Plan).

13.04      The Group  Insurance  Plan shall be continued for employees  laid off
           for a period of time equal the employee's  active  employment  during
           the six (6) months prior to layoff  provided  the  employee  pays one
           half (1/2) the cost of  insurance  during the first  three (3) months
           and full premium  during the next fifteen (15) months,  excluding A&S
           weekly benefits, and life insurance benefits.

           Agreed upon principles concerning group insurance coverage:

           (1)    General Rules:

                  (A)      Group  Insurance  coverage  becomes  effective on the
                           first  day  of  the  month  in  which  the   employee
                           completes their probationary period.

                  (B)      All group  insurance  coverage ceases on the last day
                           of the month an  individual's  employment  terminates
                           with the exception of laid off  employees  covered as
                           above.

           (2)    Specific Applications:

                  (A)      Employees  laid off during a month,  lose coverage at
                           the end of that month  unless  they elect to continue
                           coverage under COBRA.

                  (B)      Employees  recalled  from  layoff  during  the  first
                           fifteen (15) days of a month will be covered by group
                           insurance from the first (1st) day of the month.

                           (1)      Those  employees who paid their share of the
                                    premiums  coverage  during  layoff  and  are
                                    recalled during the first  fifteen-(15) days
                                    of a month  shall  have that  month's  COBRA
                                    premium refunded.

                  (C)      Employees  recalled  from layoff after the  fifteenth
                           (15th) day of the month will be covered beginning the
                           first (1st) day of the succeeding/following month.

                           (1)      Those  employees who paid their share of the
                                    COBRA premium during layoff and are recalled
                                    after  the  fifteenth  (15) day of the month
                                    will   continue   to  be  covered  by  group
                                    insurance with no premium refund.


                                                                              19
<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE XIV

401K SAVINGS PLAN

14.00      The  company   will   maintain  a  401K  Savings  Plan  for  employee
           participation on an elective salary deferral basis. Furthermore,  the
           Company will contribute,  to each eligible employee's account,  cents
           per hour as listed below up to a maximum of 2,080 hours in a calendar
           year. Further, for those who defer part of their pay the Company will
           provide a matching  contribution of 33 1/3% up to a 3% maximum of the
           weekly gross wages.

                Contract Year 1                    $.32 cents
                Contract Year 2                    $.32 cents
                Contract Year 3                    $.32 cents
                Contract Year 4                    $.34 cents
                Contract Year 5                    $.36 cents



                                   ARTICLE XIV


NO STRIKE - NO LOCKOUT

15.00     The state of Wisconsin  guidelines  will apply in the event of a plant
          closing,  that gives  rise to a  permanent  layoff/termination  of all
          bargaining  unit  personnel,  the Company and the Union will  promptly
          meet to discuss the impact of the closing upon the effected employees.
          The parties  shall  negotiate  over the effects of such  closing in an
          effort to  establish  severance  pay and benefit  allowances  based on
          seniority.

          a)   Notice has been served  requesting  negotiations for general wage
               rates in  accordance  with the  terms  of this  Agreement  and no
               agreement has been reached.

          b)   Notice has been served  requesting  negotiations for modification
               and/or  termination or renewal of this Agreement and no agreement
               has  been   reached.   

          c)   Notice has been served requesting arbitration or this stipulation
               to arbitrate a grievance  according to the procedure in Paragraph
               3.00. The party upon whom notice was served has refused either to
               arbitrate  and/or to  stipulate,  or has  refused to abide by the
               decision of the arbitration board.

15.01     Should a strike,  concerted  slowdown or stoppage of work by employees
          of the company occur which is in violation of 15.00 above,  during the
          term of this  Agreement.  The Union before the next scheduled  workday
          after  receipt  of the  written  notice  from  the  Company  shall  be
          obligated to the following things only:

          a)  Advise the Company in writing  that the strike or stoppage has not
              been called or sanctioned by the Union.

          b)  Post  copies of the  following  notice on  bulletin  boards in the
              plant or use other acceptable methods of notifications:

                                                                              20

<PAGE>

                              We have been advised by TRAK  International,  Inc.
                              that  a  strike,   or  stoppage  or  slowdown  has
                              occurred  in the  plant.  Inasmuch  as no  strike,
                              slowdown or stoppage has been called by the union,

                              IF YOU ARE ENGAGED IN ANY SUCH STRIKE, SLOWDOWN OR
                              STOPPAGE,  YOU ARE HEREBY  INSTRUCTED TO RETURN TO
                              WORK IMMEDIATELY.

                              INTERNATIONAL   ASSOCIATION   OF  MACHINISTS   AND
                              AEROSPACE WORKERS, DISTRICT NO. 10.

                              THIS  NOTICE  IS  POSTED  IN  ACCORDANCE  WITH THE
                              PROVISIONS  OF THE  AGREEMENT  BETWEEN THE COMPANY
                              AND THE UNION."

15.02      The  obligation of the Union shall be limited to the  performance  of
           the  acts  required  by  Paragraph  15.01  of this  Article  and upon
           compliance  by the Union with the  provisions  of Paragraph  15.01 of
           this  Article,  the Union and its officers and members  shall have no
           further  liability  during the term of this  Agreement or thereafter,
           for any damage  suffered  by the company  arising  from or out of any
           stoppage or strike.

15.03      Should  Management  comply  with the  terms  and  conditions  of this
           Agreement,  its  officers and  representatives  shall have no further
           liability  during the term of this Agreement or  thereafter,  for any
           losses   suffered  by  the  Union  or  employees   arising  from  any
           unauthorized strike or work stoppage.

15.04      The Company shall have the right to  discipline  any or all employees
           engaged in an  unauthorized  strike,  slowdown,  or  stoppage of work
           during the life of this Agreement by suspension or discharge provided
           there is no discrimination.

15.05      In the event an  employee  believes he has been  unjustly  discharged
           from  employment,  the said  employee may request the  difference  be
           resolved  under the  grievance  procedure as long as the grievance is
           submitted within ten (10) working days from date of discharge.


                                   ARTICLE XVI


PAST PRACTICE

16.01      TRAK  International,  Inc.  hereby  agrees  that all  past  practices
           initiated,   or  followed  by  it  since  its   acquisition  and  not
           specifically  mentioned  in  this  Agreement  shall  nevertheless  by
           binding upon both  parties  during the term of this  Agreement.  This
           Agreement does not include  various past  practices  initiated by any
           predecessor  companies,  if these  practices are not followed by TRAK
           International, Inc.


                                                                              21
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVII

PLANT CLOSING

17.00    In the  event  of a  plant  closing  that  gives  rise  to a  permanent
         layoff/termination  of all bargaining unit  personnel,  the Company and
         the Union will  promptly meet to discuss the impact of the closing upon
         the effected employees. The parties shall negotiate over the effects of
         such  closing  in an  effort to  establish  severance  pay and  benefit
         allowances based on seniority.

         Nothing in this section  shall  obligate  either party to arbitrate any
         dispute over severance pay or severance benefits in accordance with our
         grievance provisions.


                                  ARTICLE XVIII

TERMINATION

18.01      During the period of this  Agreement if both of the parties  agree to
           bargain  collectively  with regard to any of the  provisions  of this
           Agreement, or any other matter not contained in this Agreement,  then
           any Agreement reached as a result of such bargaining shall be reduced
           to writing and be signed by the parties  hereto,  and only  thereupon
           shall be a part of this Agreement as an amendment thereof.

18.02      This Agreement  becomes  effective on November  1,1998 and remains in
           effect until  Midnight  October  31,2003  unless notice in writing is
           filed by either  the  Company  or the Union of a desire  for  change,
           modification, or termination,  thereof at least sixty (60) days prior
           to, but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of any
           said period.  The parties agree that  negotiation for modification of
           change in this Agreement will be undertaken once the above notice has
           been served.

                                                                              22


<PAGE>

For the Union: District No. 10           For the Company:
International Association of             TRAK International, Inc.
Machinists & Aerospace Workers:          Port Washington, WI



By:/s/ Joseph F. Develice                By:/s/ Thomas Rice
   -----------------------------            --------------------------------
   Joseph F. Develice, Bus. Rep.            Thomas Rice, VP Human Resources.


By:/s/ Jason Adams                       By:/s/ Phillip Christiansen
   -----------------------------            --------------------------------
   Jason Adams, Chairman                    Phillip Christiansen, VP Skytrak


By:/s/ James Fitzpatrick                 By:/s/ Terrence Hernesman
   -----------------------------            --------------------------------
   James Fitzpatrick, Committeeman          Terrence Hernesman, VP.Compact Tech.


By:/s/ Sean Young                        By:/s/ Glenda Moehlenpah
   -----------------------------            --------------------------------
   Sean Young, Committeeman                 Glenda Moehlenpah, Dir.Fin. Rep.


By:/s/ Jim Schmalz                       By:/s/ Dennis Cherne
   -----------------------------            --------------------------------
   Jim Schmalz, Committeeman                Dennis Cherne, Mgr. Mfg. Eng.


By:/s/ Michael Brey
   -----------------------------
   Michael Brey, Committeeman




                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              222 East Main Street
                        Port Washington, Wisconsin 53074

                                 October 1, 1998


P. Enoch Stiff
720 E. Newark Drive
West Bend, WI 53095

Dear Mr. Stiff:

     OmniQuip  International,  Inc. (the "Company")  considers the establishment
and  maintenance  of a sound and vital  management to be essential to protecting
and enhancing the best  interests of the Company and its  shareholders.  In this
regard,  the Company  recognizes  that,  as is the case with many  publicly held
corporations,  the  possibility  of a change in control  may exist and that such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may result in the departure or distraction of management  personnel
to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Company's
Board of Directors  has  determined  that  appropriate  steps should be taken to
reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the
Company's  management,  including  yourself,  to their  assigned  duties without
distraction in the face of the potentially disturbing circumstances arising from
the possibility of a change in control of the Company.

     In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the company,  this letter
agreement  sets forth the severance  benefits  which the Company  agrees will be
provided  to you in the event your  employment  with the  Company is  terminated
subsequent  to a "change  in control of the  Company"  (as  defined in Section 2
hereof) under the circumstances described below.

     1.  TERM.  This  Agreement  shall  commence  on the date  hereof  and shall
continue until December 31, 2000; provided,  however, that commencing on January
1,  2001 and each  January  1st  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall
automatically  be extended for one additional year unless at least 30 days prior
to such January 1st date,  the Company  shall have given notice that it does not
wish to extend this Agreement, and provided, further, that following a change in
control of the Company (as hereinafter defined) the term of this Agreement shall
automatically  extend to the date which is two years  following  such  change in
control.

     2. CHANGE IN CONTROL.  No benefits shall be payable  hereunder unless there
shall have been a change in control of the Company, as set forth below, and your
employment by the Company shall  thereafter  have been  terminated in accordance
with Section 3 below.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "change in control of
the  Company"  shall mean a change in control of a nature that would be required
to be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1 of  Form  8-K  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act");  provided that,
without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if
(a) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Section  


<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 2


13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing a majority of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities;  or (b)
during any period of two consecutive years (including  periods  commencing prior
to the date hereof),  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  (the  "Board")  cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's shareholders, of each new director was approved by
a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then still in office who were
directors at the beginning of the period.

     3. TERMINATION  FOLLOWING CHANGE OF CONTROL. If any of the events described
in Section 2 hereof  constituting  a change in control of the Company shall have
occurred,  you shall be  entitled to the  benefits  provided in Section 4 hereof
upon the subsequent  termination of your  employment  within a period of two (2)
years  following  such change in control  unless such  termination is because of
your death or Retirement, by the Company for Cause or Disability or by you other
than for Good Reason.

          (a) Disability; Retirement.

               (i) If, as a result of your  incapacity due to physical or mental
illness,  you shall have been absent from your duties with the Company on a full
time basis for 130 consecutive  business days, and within thirty (30) days after
written  notice of  termination is given you shall not have returned to the full
time  performance  of your duties,  the Company may terminate this Agreement for
"Disability."

               (ii)  Termination by the Company or you of your employment  based
on  "Retirement"  shall  mean  termination  in  accordance  with  the  Company's
retirement  policy,  including  early  retirement,  generally  applicable to its
salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement  established
with your consent with respect to you.

          (b) Cause.  The Company may terminate your  employment for Cause.  For
the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate your
employment  hereunder  upon (i) the  willful  and  continued  failure  by you to
substantially  perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure
resulting  from your  incapacity  due to  physical or mental  illness),  after a
demand  for  substantial  performance  is  delivered  to you by the Board  which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not
substantially performed you duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by you in gross
misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of
this  paragraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on your part shall be  considered
"willful"  unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by you not in good faith and
without  reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest
of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  you shall not be deemed to have
been  terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to
you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a  meeting  of the Board
called  and  held  for  the  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  to you  and an
opportunity for you, together with your counsel, to be heard before the


                                       2

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 3


Board),  finding that in the good faith  opinion of the Board you were guilty of
conduct  set forth  above in clauses  (i) or (ii) of the first  sentence of this
paragraph and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

          (c) Good Reason.  You may terminate  your  employment for Good Reason.
For purposes of this Agreement "Good Reason" shall mean:

               (i) without your express written  consent,  the assignment to you
of  any   duties   materially   inconsistent   with  your   positions,   duties,
responsibilities  and status with the Company  immediately  prior to a change in
control;

               (ii) a reduction  by the Company in your base salary as in effect
on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

               (iii)  without  your  express  written  consent,   the  Company's
requiring you to be based anywhere  other than the Company's  facility where you
performed your duties for the Company  immediately prior to a change in control;
and;

               (iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit
or compensation  plan,  pension plan,  life insurance plan,  health and accident
plan or disability plan in which you are  participating  at the time of a change
in control of the Company (or plans  providing  you with  substantially  similar
benefits),  the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
your participation in or materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans
or deprive you of any material  fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the
change in control,  or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number
of paid  vacation  days to which you are then  entitled on the basis of years of
service with the Company in accordance with the Company's normal vacation policy
in effect on the date hereof;

               (v) the  failure of the Company to obtain the  assumption  of the
agreement to perform this Agreement by any successor as  contemplated in Section
6 hereof; or

               (vi) any purported  termination of your  employment  which is not
effected  pursuant to a Notice of  Termination  satisfying the  requirements  of
subparagraph  (d) below (and, if applicable,  subparagraph  (b) above);  and for
purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

          (d) Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company pursuant to
subparagraphs  (a) or (b) above or by you  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c) above
shall be  communicated  by  written  Notice of  Termination  to the other  party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed  to  provide  a basis  for  termination  of your  employment  under  the
provision so indicated.

                                       3

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 4


          (e) Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if this
Agreement  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty  (30) days  after  Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  you  shall  not  have  returned  to the
performance  of your  duties on a  full-time  basis  during such thirty (30) day
period),  (ii) if your  employment is terminated  pursuant to  subparagraph  (c)
above,  the date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination,  and (iii) if your
employment  is terminated  for any other  reason,  the date on which a Notice of
Termination is given;  provided that if within thirty (30) days after any Notice
of  Termination  one party  notifies  the  other  party  that a  dispute  exists
concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination  shall be the date on which
the dispute is finally  determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the
parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final judgment,  order
or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom
having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

     4. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

          (a) During any period that you fail to perform  your duties  hereunder
as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness,  you shall continue
to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect until this Agreement
is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  Thereafter,  your benefits shall
be determined in accordance with the Company's long term  disability  plan, or a
substitute plan then in effect.

          (b) If your  employment  shall be  terminated  for Cause,  the Company
shall pay you your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the rate
in effect at the time Notice of  Termination is given and the Company shall have
no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

          (c) If the Company shall terminate your employment other than pursuant
to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof or if you shall  terminate  your  employment  for
Good Reason, then the Company shall pay to you as severance pay in a lump sum on
the fifth day following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

               (i) your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the
rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given;

               (ii) if the Date of  Termination  occurs on or prior to the first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount equal to two (2) times your annual base salary in effect
as of the Date of Termination;

               (iii)  if  the  Date  of  Termination   occurs  after  the  first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount  equal to (A) two (2) times your  annual  base salary in
effect as of the Date of  Termination  less (B) an amount  equal to  one-twelfth
(1/12) of your annual base  salary in effect as of the Date of  Termination  for
each  month  (or  portion  of a month)  which  has  elapsed  between  the  first
anniversary  of the date of the change in control  and the Date of  Termination.
For  

                                       4

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 5


example,  if a change in control  occurs on January 1, 1999 and the Date of
Termination  occurs on  January  10,  2000,  a portion  of one month  shall have
elapsed  between the first  anniversary of the date of the change in control and
the Date of Termination, and you would be eligible to receive an amount equal to
approximately 1.917 (or 23/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination. If the Date of Termination occurs on November 10, 2000, ten
months and a portion of one  additional  month  shall have  elapsed  between the
first  anniversary  of the  date  of the  change  in  control  and  the  Date of
Termination,   and  you  would  be  eligible  to  receive  an  amount  equal  to
approximately 1.083 (or 13/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination;

               (iv) in lieu of a bonus under the Company's  executive  incentive
plan (or any successor  bonus plan or  arrangement),  an amount in cash equal to
50% of the average  bonus payment  awarded  under such plan (or any  predecessor
bonus plan or arrangement)  for the three years prior to the Date of Termination
(or such lesser period of years as you have been employed by the Company);

               (v) in lieu of shares of common stock of the  Company,  par value
$.01 per share ("Company  Shares"),  issuable under the Company's 1996 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as amended,  or any other stock option plan adopted from time to
time by the Company for its key executives (the "Plan"),  issuable upon exercise
of options  ("Options")  granted to you under the Company's Plan, (which Options
shall be cancelled upon the making of the payment referred to below),  you shall
receive an amount in cash equal to the  aggregate  spread  between the  exercise
prices of all Options held by you whether or not then fully exercisable, and the
higher of (a) the closing  price of Company  Shares as reported on the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers  Automatic  Quotation  System National Market
System  ("NASDAQ")  on the  Date of  Termination  (or the  closing  price on any
exchange on which the Company Shares are then traded, if applicable), or (b) the
highest price per Company Share  actually paid in connection  with any change in
control of the Company;

               (vi) the  Company  shall  also pay all  legal  fees and  expenses
incurred  by you as a result of such  termination  (including  all such fees and
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in
seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement).

          (d) Unless you are terminated for Cause, the Company shall maintain in
full force and effect,  for the continued  benefit of you for one year after the
Date of Termination,  all employee benefit plans and programs or arrangements in
which  you  were  entitled  to  participate  immediately  prior  to the  Date of
Termination  provided that your  continued  participation  is possible under the
general terms and provisions of such plans and programs.  In the event that your
participation  in any such plan or program is barred,  the Company shall arrange
to  provide  you with  benefits  substantially  similar  to those  which you are
entitled to receive under such plans and  programs.  At the end of the period of
coverage,  you shall have the option to have assigned to you at no cost and with
no apportionment of prepaid premiums,  any assignable  insurance policy owned by
the Company and relating specifically to you.

                                       5

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 6


          (e) You shall not be required  to  mitigate  the amount of any payment
provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other  employment  or  otherwise,  nor
shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any
compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after
the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

     5. OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Until the  occurrence  of a change in control of the
Company as defined herein, the Company's obligation for the payment of severance
or other benefits upon  termination of your employment shall be governed by such
other agreement,  if any, between you and the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
Following  the  occurrence  of a change in  control of the  Company,  as defined
herein,  this Agreement  shall supersede any such other agreement and such other
agreement shall have no further force or effect.

     6. SUCCESSORS, BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  The  Company  will  require  any  successor  (whether  direct  or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,  by agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to you, to expressly assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the
Company  to  obtain  such  agreement  prior  to the  effectiveness  of any  such
succession  shall  be a  breach  of this  Agreement  and  shall  entitle  you to
compensation  from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as you
would be entitled  hereunder if you terminated  your employment for Good Reason,
except that for purposes of  implementing  the foregoing,  the date on which any
such succession  becomes  effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.  As
used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined
and any successor to its business  and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and
delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 6 or which otherwise becomes
bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
your personal or legal representatives,  executors, administrators,  successors,
heirs, distributees,  devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had  continued to live,  all such
amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there
be no such designee, to your estate.

     7.  NOTICE.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  to have been  duly  given  when  delivered  or  mailed by United  States
registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the
respective  addresses  set forth on the first page of this  Agreement,  provided
that all notices to the Company  shall be directed to the attention of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or
to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in

                                       6

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 7


writing in accordance  herewith,  except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or
discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other  party  hereto of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or
provision of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed
a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. No agreements or  representations,  oral or otherwise,
express or implied,  with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

     9. VALIDITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provisions of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     10. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original  but both of which  together  will
constitute one and the same instrument.  Any such counterpart may be executed by
facsimile  signature  with only verbal  confirmation,  and when so executed  and
delivered  shall be deemed an original and such  counterpart(s)  together  shall
constitute only one original.

     11. ARBITRATION.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in Milwaukee,
Wisconsin in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
then in effect. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute or controversy,
the Company will continue to pay you your full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base
salary) and  continue  you as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance plans in which you were  participating  when the notice giving rise to
the dispute was given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with
Section 3(e)  hereof.  Amounts paid under this Section 11 are in addition to all
other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce
any other  amounts  due under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you
shall be entitled to seek  specific  performance  of your right to be paid until
the Date of  Termination  during the  pendency  of any  dispute  or  controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       7

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 8


     If this letter  correctly  sets forth our  agreement on the subject  matter
hereof,  kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed  copy of this letter
which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

                                        Sincerely,

                                        OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                        By:  /s/ Donald E. Nickelson
                                           -------------------------
                                           Donald E. Nickelson
                                           Chairman of the Board



AGREED TO THIS 1ST DAY
OF OCTOBER, 1998



/s/ P. Enoch Stiff
- ----------------------------------



                                       8




                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              222 East Main Street
                        Port Washington, Wisconsin 53074

                                 October 1, 1998


Curtis J. Laetz
4108 N. Lake Drive
Shorewood, WI 53211

Dear Mr. Laetz:

     OmniQuip  International,  Inc. (the "Company")  considers the establishment
and  maintenance  of a sound and vital  management to be essential to protecting
and enhancing the best  interests of the Company and its  shareholders.  In this
regard,  the Company  recognizes  that,  as is the case with many  publicly held
corporations,  the  possibility  of a change in control  may exist and that such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may result in the departure or distraction of management  personnel
to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Company's
Board of Directors  has  determined  that  appropriate  steps should be taken to
reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the
Company's  management,  including  yourself,  to their  assigned  duties without
distraction in the face of the potentially disturbing circumstances arising from
the possibility of a change in control of the Company.

     In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the company,  this letter
agreement  sets forth the severance  benefits  which the Company  agrees will be
provided  to you in the event your  employment  with the  Company is  terminated
subsequent  to a "change  in control of the  Company"  (as  defined in Section 2
hereof) under the circumstances described below.

     1.  TERM.  This  Agreement  shall  commence  on the date  hereof  and shall
continue until December 31, 2000; provided,  however, that commencing on January
1,  2001 and each  January  1st  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall
automatically  be extended for one additional year unless at least 30 days prior
to such January 1st date,  the Company  shall have given notice that it does not
wish to extend this Agreement, and provided, further, that following a change in
control of the Company (as hereinafter defined) the term of this Agreement shall
automatically  extend to the date which is two years  following  such  change in
control.

     2. CHANGE IN CONTROL.  No benefits shall be payable  hereunder unless there
shall have been a change in control of the Company, as set forth below, and your
employment by the Company shall  thereafter  have been  terminated in accordance
with Section 3 below.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "change in control of
the  Company"  shall mean a change in control of a nature that would be required
to be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1 of  Form  8-K  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act");  provided that,
without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if
(a) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Section


<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 2


13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing a majority of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities;  or (b)
during any period of two consecutive years (including  periods  commencing prior
to the date hereof),  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  (the  "Board")  cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's shareholders, of each new director was approved by
a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then still in office who were
directors at the beginning of the period.

     3. TERMINATION  FOLLOWING CHANGE OF CONTROL. If any of the events described
in Section 2 hereof  constituting  a change in control of the Company shall have
occurred,  you shall be  entitled to the  benefits  provided in Section 4 hereof
upon the subsequent  termination of your  employment  within a period of two (2)
years  following  such change in control  unless such  termination is because of
your death or Retirement, by the Company for Cause or Disability or by you other
than for Good Reason.

          (a) Disability; Retirement.

               (i) If, as a result of your  incapacity due to physical or mental
illness,  you shall have been absent from your duties with the Company on a full
time basis for 130 consecutive  business days, and within thirty (30) days after
written  notice of  termination is given you shall not have returned to the full
time  performance  of your duties,  the Company may terminate this Agreement for
"Disability."

               (ii)  Termination by the Company or you of your employment  based
on  "Retirement"  shall  mean  termination  in  accordance  with  the  Company's
retirement  policy,  including  early  retirement,  generally  applicable to its
salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement  established
with your consent with respect to you.

          (b) Cause.  The Company may terminate your  employment for Cause.  For
the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate your
employment  hereunder  upon (i) the  willful  and  continued  failure  by you to
substantially  perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure
resulting  from your  incapacity  due to  physical or mental  illness),  after a
demand  for  substantial  performance  is  delivered  to you by the Board  which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not
substantially performed you duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by you in gross
misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of
this  paragraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on your part shall be  considered
"willful"  unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by you not in good faith and
without  reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest
of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  you shall not be deemed to have
been  terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to
you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a  meeting  of the Board
called  and  held  for  the  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  to you  and an
opportunity for you, together with your counsel,  to be heard before the

                                       2

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 3


Board),  finding that in the good faith  opinion of the Board you were guilty of
conduct  set forth  above in clauses  (i) or (ii) of the first  sentence of this
paragraph and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

          (c) Good Reason.  You may terminate  your  employment for Good Reason.
For purposes of this Agreement "Good Reason" shall mean:

               (i) without your express written  consent,  the assignment to you
of  any   duties   materially   inconsistent   with  your   positions,   duties,
responsibilities  and status with the Company  immediately  prior to a change in
control;

               (ii) a reduction  by the Company in your base salary as in effect
on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

               (iii)  without  your  express  written  consent,   the  Company's
requiring you to be based anywhere  other than the Company's  facility where you
performed your duties for the Company  immediately prior to a change in control;
and;

               (iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit
or compensation  plan,  pension plan,  life insurance plan,  health and accident
plan or disability plan in which you are  participating  at the time of a change
in control of the Company (or plans  providing  you with  substantially  similar
benefits),  the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
your participation in or materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans
or deprive you of any material  fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the
change in control,  or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number
of paid  vacation  days to which you are then  entitled on the basis of years of
service with the Company in accordance with the Company's normal vacation policy
in effect on the date hereof;

               (v) the  failure of the Company to obtain the  assumption  of the
agreement to perform this Agreement by any successor as  contemplated in Section
6 hereof; or

               (vi) any purported  termination of your  employment  which is not
effected  pursuant to a Notice of  Termination  satisfying the  requirements  of
subparagraph  (d) below (and, if applicable,  subparagraph  (b) above);  and for
purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

          (d) Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company pursuant to
subparagraphs  (a) or (b) above or by you  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c) above
shall be  communicated  by  written  Notice of  Termination  to the other  party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed  to  provide  a basis  for  termination  of your  employment  under  the
provision so indicated.

                                       3

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 4


          (e) Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if this
Agreement  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty  (30) days  after  Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  you  shall  not  have  returned  to the
performance  of your  duties on a  full-time  basis  during such thirty (30) day
period),  (ii) if your  employment is terminated  pursuant to  subparagraph  (c)
above,  the date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination,  and (iii) if your
employment  is terminated  for any other  reason,  the date on which a Notice of
Termination is given;  provided that if within thirty (30) days after any Notice
of  Termination  one party  notifies  the  other  party  that a  dispute  exists
concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination  shall be the date on which
the dispute is finally  determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the
parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final judgment,  order
or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom
having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

     4. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

          (a) During any period that you fail to perform  your duties  hereunder
as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness,  you shall continue
to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect until this Agreement
is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  Thereafter,  your benefits shall
be determined in accordance with the Company's long term  disability  plan, or a
substitute plan then in effect.

          (b) If your  employment  shall be  terminated  for Cause,  the Company
shall pay you your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the rate
in effect at the time Notice of  Termination is given and the Company shall have
no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

          (c) If the Company shall terminate your employment other than pursuant
to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof or if you shall  terminate  your  employment  for
Good Reason, then the Company shall pay to you as severance pay in a lump sum on
the fifth day following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

               (i) your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the
rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given;

               (ii) if the Date of  Termination  occurs on or prior to the first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount equal to two (2) times your annual base salary in effect
as of the Date of Termination;

               (iii)  if  the  Date  of  Termination   occurs  after  the  first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount  equal to (A) two (2) times your  annual  base salary in
effect as of the Date of  Termination  less (B) an amount  equal to  one-twelfth
(1/12) of your annual base  salary in effect as of the Date of  Termination  for
each  month  (or  portion  of a month)  which  has  elapsed  between  the  first
anniversary  of the date of the change in control  and the Date of  Termination.
For

                                       4

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 5


example,  if a change  in  control  occurs  on  January  1, 1999 and the Date of
Termination  occurs on  January  10,  2000,  a portion  of one month  shall have
elapsed  between the first  anniversary of the date of the change in control and
the Date of Termination, and you would be eligible to receive an amount equal to
approximately 1.917 (or 23/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination. If the Date of Termination occurs on November 10, 2000, ten
months and a portion of one  additional  month  shall have  elapsed  between the
first  anniversary  of the  date  of the  change  in  control  and  the  Date of
Termination,   and  you  would  be  eligible  to  receive  an  amount  equal  to
approximately 1.083 (or 13/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination;

               (iv) in lieu of a bonus under the Company's  executive  incentive
plan (or any successor  bonus plan or  arrangement),  an amount in cash equal to
50% of the average  bonus payment  awarded  under such plan (or any  predecessor
bonus plan or arrangement)  for the three years prior to the Date of Termination
(or such lesser period of years as you have been employed by the Company);

               (v) in lieu of shares of common stock of the  Company,  par value
$.01 per share ("Company  Shares"),  issuable under the Company's 1996 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as amended,  or any other stock option plan adopted from time to
time by the Company for its key executives (the "Plan"),  issuable upon exercise
of options  ("Options")  granted to you under the Company's Plan, (which Options
shall be cancelled upon the making of the payment referred to below),  you shall
receive an amount in cash equal to the  aggregate  spread  between the  exercise
prices of all Options held by you whether or not then fully exercisable, and the
higher of (a) the closing  price of Company  Shares as reported on the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers  Automatic  Quotation  System National Market
System  ("NASDAQ")  on the  Date of  Termination  (or the  closing  price on any
exchange on which the Company Shares are then traded, if applicable), or (b) the
highest price per Company Share  actually paid in connection  with any change in
control of the Company;

               (vi) the  Company  shall  also pay all  legal  fees and  expenses
incurred  by you as a result of such  termination  (including  all such fees and
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in
seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement).

          (d) Unless you are terminated for Cause, the Company shall maintain in
full force and effect,  for the continued  benefit of you for one year after the
Date of Termination,  all employee benefit plans and programs or arrangements in
which  you  were  entitled  to  participate  immediately  prior  to the  Date of
Termination  provided that your  continued  participation  is possible under the
general terms and provisions of such plans and programs.  In the event that your
participation  in any such plan or program is barred,  the Company shall arrange
to  provide  you with  benefits  substantially  similar  to those  which you are
entitled to receive under such plans and  programs.  At the end of the period of
coverage,  you shall have the option to have assigned to you at no cost and with
no apportionment of prepaid premiums,  any assignable  insurance policy owned by
the Company and relating specifically to you.

                                       5

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 6


          (e) You shall not be required  to  mitigate  the amount of any payment
provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other  employment  or  otherwise,  nor
shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any
compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after
the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

     5. OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Until the  occurrence  of a change in control of the
Company as defined herein, the Company's obligation for the payment of severance
or other benefits upon  termination of your employment shall be governed by such
other agreement,  if any, between you and the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
Following  the  occurrence  of a change in  control of the  Company,  as defined
herein,  this Agreement  shall supersede any such other agreement and such other
agreement shall have no further force or effect.

     6. SUCCESSORS, BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  The  Company  will  require  any  successor  (whether  direct  or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,  by agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to you, to expressly assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the
Company  to  obtain  such  agreement  prior  to the  effectiveness  of any  such
succession  shall  be a  breach  of this  Agreement  and  shall  entitle  you to
compensation  from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as you
would be entitled  hereunder if you terminated  your employment for Good Reason,
except that for purposes of  implementing  the foregoing,  the date on which any
such succession  becomes  effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.  As
used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined
and any successor to its business  and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and
delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 6 or which otherwise becomes
bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
your personal or legal representatives,  executors, administrators,  successors,
heirs, distributees,  devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had  continued to live,  all such
amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there
be no such designee, to your estate.

     7.  NOTICE.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  to have been  duly  given  when  delivered  or  mailed by United  States
registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the
respective  addresses  set forth on the first page of this  Agreement,  provided
that all notices to the Company  shall be directed to the attention of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or
to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in

                                       6

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 7


writing in accordance  herewith,  except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or
discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other  party  hereto of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or
provision of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed
a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. No agreements or  representations,  oral or otherwise,
express or implied,  with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

     9. VALIDITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provisions of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     10. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original  but both of which  together  will
constitute one and the same instrument.  Any such counterpart may be executed by
facsimile  signature  with only verbal  confirmation,  and when so executed  and
delivered  shall be deemed an original and such  counterpart(s)  together  shall
constitute only one original.

     11. ARBITRATION.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in Milwaukee,
Wisconsin in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
then in effect. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute or controversy,
the Company will continue to pay you your full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base
salary) and  continue  you as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance plans in which you were  participating  when the notice giving rise to
the dispute was given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with
Section 3(e)  hereof.  Amounts paid under this Section 11 are in addition to all
other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce
any other  amounts  due under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you
shall be entitled to seek  specific  performance  of your right to be paid until
the Date of  Termination  during the  pendency  of any  dispute  or  controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       7

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 8


     If this letter  correctly  sets forth our  agreement on the subject  matter
hereof,  kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed  copy of this letter
which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

                                     Sincerely,

                                     OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                     By: /s/ P. Enoch Stiff
                                        --------------------------------
                                         P. Enoch Stiff
                                         President and Chief Executive Officer





AGREED TO THIS 14TH DAY
OF OCTOBER, 1998



/s/ Curtis J. Laetz
- ----------------------------------


                                       8



                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              222 East Main Street
                        Port Washington, Wisconsin 53074

                                 October 1, 1998


Richard Mueller
9357 Wedgewood Drive
Woodbury, MN 55125

Dear Mr. Mueller:

     OmniQuip  International,  Inc. (the "Company")  considers the establishment
and  maintenance  of a sound and vital  management to be essential to protecting
and enhancing the best  interests of the Company and its  shareholders.  In this
regard,  the Company  recognizes  that,  as is the case with many  publicly held
corporations,  the  possibility  of a change in control  may exist and that such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may result in the departure or distraction of management  personnel
to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Company's
Board of Directors  has  determined  that  appropriate  steps should be taken to
reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the
Company's  management,  including  yourself,  to their  assigned  duties without
distraction in the face of the potentially disturbing circumstances arising from
the possibility of a change in control of the Company.

     In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the company,  this letter
agreement  sets forth the severance  benefits  which the Company  agrees will be
provided  to you in the event your  employment  with the  Company is  terminated
subsequent  to a "change  in control of the  Company"  (as  defined in Section 2
hereof) under the circumstances described below.

     1.  TERM.  This  Agreement  shall  commence  on the date  hereof  and shall
continue until December 31, 2000; provided,  however, that commencing on January
1,  2001 and each  January  1st  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall
automatically  be extended for one additional year unless at least 30 days prior
to such January 1st date,  the Company  shall have given notice that it does not
wish to extend this Agreement, and provided, further, that following a change in
control of the Company (as hereinafter defined) the term of this Agreement shall
automatically  extend to the date which is two years  following  such  change in
control.

     2. CHANGE IN CONTROL.  No benefits shall be payable  hereunder unless there
shall have been a change in control of the Company, as set forth below, and your
employment by the Company shall  thereafter  have been  terminated in accordance
with Section 3 below.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "change in control of
the  Company"  shall mean a change in control of a nature that would be required
to be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1 of  Form  8-K  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act");  provided that,
without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if
(a) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Section


<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 2

13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing a majority of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities;  or (b)
during any period of two consecutive years (including  periods  commencing prior
to the date hereof),  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  (the  "Board")  cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's shareholders, of each new director was approved by
a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then still in office who were
directors at the beginning of the period.

     3. TERMINATION  FOLLOWING CHANGE OF CONTROL. If any of the events described
in Section 2 hereof  constituting  a change in control of the Company shall have
occurred,  you shall be  entitled to the  benefits  provided in Section 4 hereof
upon the subsequent  termination of your  employment  within a period of two (2)
years  following  such change in control  unless such  termination is because of
your death or Retirement, by the Company for Cause or Disability or by you other
than for Good Reason.

          (a)  Disability; Retirement.

               (i) If, as a result of your  incapacity due to physical or mental
illness,  you shall have been absent from your duties with the Company on a full
time basis for 130 consecutive  business days, and within thirty (30) days after
written  notice of  termination is given you shall not have returned to the full
time  performance  of your duties,  the Company may terminate this Agreement for
"Disability."

               (ii)  Termination by the Company or you of your employment  based
on  "Retirement"  shall  mean  termination  in  accordance  with  the  Company's
retirement  policy,  including  early  retirement,  generally  applicable to its
salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement  established
with your consent with respect to you.

          (b) Cause.  The Company may terminate your  employment for Cause.  For
the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate your
employment  hereunder  upon (i) the  willful  and  continued  failure  by you to
substantially  perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure
resulting  from your  incapacity  due to  physical or mental  illness),  after a
demand  for  substantial  performance  is  delivered  to you by the Board  which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not
substantially performed you duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by you in gross
misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of
this  paragraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on your part shall be  considered
"willful"  unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by you not in good faith and
without  reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest
of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  you shall not be deemed to have
been  terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to
you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a  meeting  of the Board
called  and  held  for  the  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  to you  and an
opportunity for you, together with your counsel,  to be heard before the 

                                       2
<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 3


Board),  finding that in the good faith  opinion of the Board you were guilty of
conduct  set forth  above in clauses  (i) or (ii) of the first  sentence of this
paragraph and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

          (c) Good Reason.  You may terminate  your  employment for Good Reason.
For purposes of this Agreement "Good Reason" shall mean:

               (i) without your express written  consent,  the assignment to you
of  any   duties   materially   inconsistent   with  your   positions,   duties,
responsibilities  and status with the Company  immediately  prior to a change in
control;

               (ii) a reduction  by the Company in your base salary as in effect
on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

               (iii)  without  your  express  written  consent,   the  Company's
requiring you to be based anywhere  other than the Company's  facility where you
performed your duties for the Company  immediately prior to a change in control;
and;

               (iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit
or compensation  plan,  pension plan,  life insurance plan,  health and accident
plan or disability plan in which you are  participating  at the time of a change
in control of the Company (or plans  providing  you with  substantially  similar
benefits),  the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
your participation in or materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans
or deprive you of any material  fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the
change in control,  or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number
of paid  vacation  days to which you are then  entitled on the basis of years of
service with the Company in accordance with the Company's normal vacation policy
in effect on the date hereof;

               (v) the  failure of the Company to obtain the  assumption  of the
agreement to perform this Agreement by any successor as  contemplated in Section
6 hereof; or

               (vi) any purported  termination of your  employment  which is not
effected  pursuant to a Notice of  Termination  satisfying the  requirements  of
subparagraph  (d) below (and, if applicable,  subparagraph  (b) above);  and for
purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

          (d) Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company pursuant to
subparagraphs  (a) or (b) above or by you  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c) above
shall be  communicated  by  written  Notice of  Termination  to the other  party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed  to  provide  a basis  for  termination  of your  employment  under  the
provision so indicated.

                                       3

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 4

          (e) Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if this
Agreement  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty  (30) days  after  Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  you  shall  not  have  returned  to the
performance  of your  duties on a  full-time  basis  during such thirty (30) day
period),  (ii) if your  employment is terminated  pursuant to  subparagraph  (c)
above,  the date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination,  and (iii) if your
employment  is terminated  for any other  reason,  the date on which a Notice of
Termination is given;  provided that if within thirty (30) days after any Notice
of  Termination  one party  notifies  the  other  party  that a  dispute  exists
concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination  shall be the date on which
the dispute is finally  determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the
parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final judgment,  order
or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom
having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

     4.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

          (a) During any period that you fail to perform  your duties  hereunder
as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness,  you shall continue
to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect until this Agreement
is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  Thereafter,  your benefits shall
be determined in accordance with the Company's long term  disability  plan, or a
substitute plan then in effect.

          (b) If your  employment  shall be  terminated  for Cause,  the Company
shall pay you your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the rate
in effect at the time Notice of  Termination is given and the Company shall have
no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

          (c) If the Company shall terminate your employment other than pursuant
to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof or if you shall  terminate  your  employment  for
Good Reason, then the Company shall pay to you as severance pay in a lump sum on
the fifth day following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

               (i) your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the
rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given;

               (ii) if the Date of  Termination  occurs on or prior to the first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount equal to two (2) times your annual base salary in effect
as of the Date of Termination;

               (iii)  if  the  Date  of  Termination   occurs  after  the  first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount  equal to (A) two (2) times your  annual  base salary in
effect as of the Date of  Termination  less (B) an amount  equal to  one-twelfth
(1/12) of your annual base  salary in effect as of the Date of  Termination  for
each  month  (or  portion  of a month)  which  has  elapsed  between  the  first
anniversary  of the date of the change in control  and the Date of  Termination.
For  

                                       4

<PAGE>
October 1, 1998
Page 5


example,  if a change  in  control  occurs  on  January  1, 1999 and the Date of
Termination  occurs on  January  10,  2000,  a portion  of one month  shall have
elapsed  between the first  anniversary of the date of the change in control and
the Date of Termination, and you would be eligible to receive an amount equal to
approximately 1.917 (or 23/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination. If the Date of Termination occurs on November 10, 2000, ten
months and a portion of one  additional  month  shall have  elapsed  between the
first  anniversary  of the  date  of the  change  in  control  and  the  Date of
Termination,   and  you  would  be  eligible  to  receive  an  amount  equal  to
approximately 1.083 (or 13/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination;

               (iv) in lieu of a bonus under the Company's  executive  incentive
plan (or any successor  bonus plan or  arrangement),  an amount in cash equal to
50% of the average  bonus payment  awarded  under such plan (or any  predecessor
bonus plan or arrangement)  for the three years prior to the Date of Termination
(or such lesser period of years as you have been employed by the Company);

               (v) in lieu of shares of common stock of the  Company,  par value
$.01 per share ("Company  Shares"),  issuable under the Company's 1996 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as amended,  or any other stock option plan adopted from time to
time by the Company for its key executives (the "Plan"),  issuable upon exercise
of options  ("Options")  granted to you under the Company's Plan, (which Options
shall be cancelled upon the making of the payment referred to below),  you shall
receive an amount in cash equal to the  aggregate  spread  between the  exercise
prices of all Options held by you whether or not then fully exercisable, and the
higher of (a) the closing  price of Company  Shares as reported on the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers  Automatic  Quotation  System National Market
System  ("NASDAQ")  on the  Date of  Termination  (or the  closing  price on any
exchange on which the Company Shares are then traded, if applicable), or (b) the
highest price per Company Share  actually paid in connection  with any change in
control of the Company;

               (vi) the  Company  shall  also pay all  legal  fees and  expenses
incurred  by you as a result of such  termination  (including  all such fees and
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in
seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement).

          (d) Unless you are terminated for Cause, the Company shall maintain in
full force and effect,  for the continued  benefit of you for one year after the
Date of Termination,  all employee benefit plans and programs or arrangements in
which  you  were  entitled  to  participate  immediately  prior  to the  Date of
Termination  provided that your  continued  participation  is possible under the
general terms and provisions of such plans and programs.  In the event that your
participation  in any such plan or program is barred,  the Company shall arrange
to  provide  you with  benefits  substantially  similar  to those  which you are
entitled to receive under such plans and  programs.  At the end of the period of
coverage,  you shall have the option to have assigned to you at no cost and with
no apportionment of prepaid premiums,  any assignable  insurance policy owned by
the Company and relating specifically to you.

                                       5

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 6


          (e) You shall not be required  to  mitigate  the amount of any payment
provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other  employment  or  otherwise,  nor
shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any
compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after
the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

     5. OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Until the  occurrence  of a change in control of the
Company as defined herein, the Company's obligation for the payment of severance
or other benefits upon  termination of your employment shall be governed by such
other agreement,  if any, between you and the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
Following  the  occurrence  of a change in  control of the  Company,  as defined
herein,  this Agreement  shall supersede any such other agreement and such other
agreement shall have no further force or effect.

     6. SUCCESSORS, BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  The  Company  will  require  any  successor  (whether  direct  or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,  by agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to you, to expressly assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the
Company  to  obtain  such  agreement  prior  to the  effectiveness  of any  such
succession  shall  be a  breach  of this  Agreement  and  shall  entitle  you to
compensation  from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as you
would be entitled  hereunder if you terminated  your employment for Good Reason,
except that for purposes of  implementing  the foregoing,  the date on which any
such succession  becomes  effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.  As
used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined
and any successor to its business  and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and
delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 6 or which otherwise becomes
bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
your personal or legal representatives,  executors, administrators,  successors,
heirs, distributees,  devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had  continued to live,  all such
amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there
be no such designee, to your estate.

     7.  NOTICE.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  to have been  duly  given  when  delivered  or  mailed by United  States
registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the
respective  addresses  set forth on the first page of this  Agreement,  provided
that all notices to the Company  shall be directed to the attention of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or
to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in

                                       6

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 7


writing in accordance  herewith,  except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or
discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other  party  hereto of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or
provision of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed
a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. No agreements or  representations,  oral or otherwise,
express or implied,  with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

     9. VALIDITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provisions of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     10. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original  but both of which  together  will
constitute one and the same instrument.  Any such counterpart may be executed by
facsimile  signature  with only verbal  confirmation,  and when so executed  and
delivered  shall be deemed an original and such  counterpart(s)  together  shall
constitute only one original.

     11. ARBITRATION.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in Milwaukee,
Wisconsin in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
then in effect. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute or controversy,
the Company will continue to pay you your full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base
salary) and  continue  you as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance plans in which you were  participating  when the notice giving rise to
the dispute was given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with
Section 3(e)  hereof.  Amounts paid under this Section 11 are in addition to all
other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce
any other  amounts  due under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you
shall be entitled to seek  specific  performance  of your right to be paid until
the Date of  Termination  during the  pendency  of any  dispute  or  controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

                                       7

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 8


     If this letter  correctly  sets forth our  agreement on the subject  matter
hereof,  kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed  copy of this letter
which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

                                      Sincerely,

                                      OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                      By: /s/ P. Enoch Stiff
                                          ----------------------------------
                                          P. Enoch Stiff
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer




AGREED TO THIS 5TH DAY
OF OCTOBER, 1998


/s/ Richard G. Mueller
- ---------------------------------




                                       8



                          OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.
                              222 East Main Street
                        Port Washington, Wisconsin 53074

                                 October 1, 1998


Richard A. Solon
6101 SE Riverside Terrace
St. Joseph, MO 64507

Dear Mr. Solon:

     OmniQuip  International,  Inc. (the "Company")  considers the establishment
and  maintenance  of a sound and vital  management to be essential to protecting
and enhancing the best  interests of the Company and its  shareholders.  In this
regard,  the Company  recognizes  that,  as is the case with many  publicly held
corporations,  the  possibility  of a change in control  may exist and that such
possibility,  and  the  uncertainty  and  questions  which  it may  raise  among
management,  may result in the departure or distraction of management  personnel
to the detriment of the Company and its shareholders. Accordingly, the Company's
Board of Directors  has  determined  that  appropriate  steps should be taken to
reinforce and encourage the continued attention and dedication of members of the
Company's  management,  including  yourself,  to their  assigned  duties without
distraction in the face of the potentially disturbing circumstances arising from
the possibility of a change in control of the Company.

     In order to induce you to remain in the employ of the company,  this letter
agreement  sets forth the severance  benefits  which the Company  agrees will be
provided  to you in the event your  employment  with the  Company is  terminated
subsequent  to a "change  in control of the  Company"  (as  defined in Section 2
hereof) under the circumstances described below.

     1.  TERM.  This  Agreement  shall  commence  on the date  hereof  and shall
continue until December 31, 2000; provided,  however, that commencing on January
1,  2001 and each  January  1st  thereafter,  the term of this  Agreement  shall
automatically  be extended for one additional year unless at least 30 days prior
to such January 1st date,  the Company  shall have given notice that it does not
wish to extend this Agreement, and provided, further, that following a change in
control of the Company (as hereinafter defined) the term of this Agreement shall
automatically  extend to the date which is two years  following  such  change in
control.

     2. CHANGE IN CONTROL.  No benefits shall be payable  hereunder unless there
shall have been a change in control of the Company, as set forth below, and your
employment by the Company shall  thereafter  have been  terminated in accordance
with Section 3 below.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  a "change in control of
the  Company"  shall mean a change in control of a nature that would be required
to be  reported  in  response  to  Item 1 of  Form  8-K  promulgated  under  the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended  ("Exchange  Act");  provided that,
without limitation, such a change in control shall be deemed to have occurred if
(a) any  "person"  (as such term is used in Section


<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 2


13(d) and  14(d)(2) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner,
directly or indirectly,  of securities of the Company representing a majority of
the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding  securities;  or (b)
during any period of two consecutive years (including  periods  commencing prior
to the date hereof),  individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute
the Board of  Directors  of the Company  (the  "Board")  cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority  thereof  unless the election,  or the nomination
for election by the Company's shareholders, of each new director was approved by
a vote of at least  two-thirds  of the  directors  then still in office who were
directors at the beginning of the period.

     3. TERMINATION  FOLLOWING CHANGE OF CONTROL. If any of the events described
in Section 2 hereof  constituting  a change in control of the Company shall have
occurred,  you shall be  entitled to the  benefits  provided in Section 4 hereof
upon the subsequent  termination of your  employment  within a period of two (2)
years  following  such change in control  unless such  termination is because of
your death or Retirement, by the Company for Cause or Disability or by you other
than for Good Reason.

          (a) Disability; Retirement.

               (i) If, as a result of your  incapacity due to physical or mental
illness,  you shall have been absent from your duties with the Company on a full
time basis for 130 consecutive  business days, and within thirty (30) days after
written  notice of  termination is given you shall not have returned to the full
time  performance  of your duties,  the Company may terminate this Agreement for
"Disability."

               (ii)  Termination by the Company or you of your employment  based
on  "Retirement"  shall  mean  termination  in  accordance  with  the  Company's
retirement  policy,  including  early  retirement,  generally  applicable to its
salaried employees or in accordance with any retirement arrangement  established
with your consent with respect to you.

          (b) Cause.  The Company may terminate your  employment for Cause.  For
the purposes of this Agreement, the Company shall have "Cause" to terminate your
employment  hereunder  upon (i) the  willful  and  continued  failure  by you to
substantially  perform your duties with the Company (other than any such failure
resulting  from your  incapacity  due to  physical or mental  illness),  after a
demand  for  substantial  performance  is  delivered  to you by the Board  which
specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that you have not
substantially performed you duties, or (ii) the willful engaging by you in gross
misconduct materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of
this  paragraph,  no act,  or failure to act,  on your part shall be  considered
"willful"  unless  done,  or  omitted  to be done,  by you not in good faith and
without  reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interest
of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  you shall not be deemed to have
been  terminated  for Cause unless and until there shall have been  delivered to
you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than
two-thirds  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a  meeting  of the Board
called  and  held  for  the  purpose  (after  reasonable  notice  to you  and an
opportunity for you, together with your counsel,  to be heard before the

                                       2

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 3


Board),  finding that in the good faith  opinion of the Board you were guilty of
conduct  set forth  above in clauses  (i) or (ii) of the first  sentence of this
paragraph and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

          (c) Good Reason.  You may terminate  your  employment for Good Reason.
For purposes of this Agreement "Good Reason" shall mean:

               (i) without your express written  consent,  the assignment to you
of  any   duties   materially   inconsistent   with  your   positions,   duties,
responsibilities  and status with the Company  immediately  prior to a change in
control;

               (ii) a reduction  by the Company in your base salary as in effect
on the date hereof or as the same may be increased from time to time;

               (iii)  without  your  express  written  consent,   the  Company's
requiring you to be based anywhere  other than the Company's  facility where you
performed your duties for the Company  immediately prior to a change in control;
and;

               (iv) the failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit
or compensation  plan,  pension plan,  life insurance plan,  health and accident
plan or disability plan in which you are  participating  at the time of a change
in control of the Company (or plans  providing  you with  substantially  similar
benefits),  the taking of any action by the Company which would adversely affect
your participation in or materially reduce your benefits under any of such plans
or deprive you of any material  fringe benefit enjoyed by you at the time of the
change in control,  or the failure by the Company to provide you with the number
of paid  vacation  days to which you are then  entitled on the basis of years of
service with the Company in accordance with the Company's normal vacation policy
in effect on the date hereof;

               (v) the  failure of the Company to obtain the  assumption  of the
agreement to perform this Agreement by any successor as  contemplated in Section
6 hereof; or

               (vi) any purported  termination of your  employment  which is not
effected  pursuant to a Notice of  Termination  satisfying the  requirements  of
subparagraph  (d) below (and, if applicable,  subparagraph  (b) above);  and for
purposes of this Agreement, no such purported termination shall be effective.

          (d) Notice of Termination.  Any termination by the Company pursuant to
subparagraphs  (a) or (b) above or by you  pursuant  to  subparagraph  (c) above
shall be  communicated  by  written  Notice of  Termination  to the other  party
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a
notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement
relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances
claimed  to  provide  a basis  for  termination  of your  employment  under  the
provision so indicated.

                                       3

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 4


          (e) Date of Termination.  "Date of Termination" shall mean (i) if this
Agreement  is  terminated  for  Disability,  thirty  (30) days  after  Notice of
Termination  is  given  (provided  that  you  shall  not  have  returned  to the
performance  of your  duties on a  full-time  basis  during such thirty (30) day
period),  (ii) if your  employment is terminated  pursuant to  subparagraph  (c)
above,  the date  specified  in the  Notice  of  Termination,  and (iii) if your
employment  is terminated  for any other  reason,  the date on which a Notice of
Termination is given;  provided that if within thirty (30) days after any Notice
of  Termination  one party  notifies  the  other  party  that a  dispute  exists
concerning the termination,  the Date of Termination  shall be the date on which
the dispute is finally  determined,  either by mutual  written  agreement of the
parties, by a binding and final arbitration award or by a final judgment,  order
or decree of a court of competent  jurisdiction  (the time for appeal  therefrom
having expired and no appeal having been perfected).

     4.  COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION OR DURING DISABILITY.

          (a) During any period that you fail to perform  your duties  hereunder
as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness,  you shall continue
to receive your full base salary at the rate then in effect until this Agreement
is terminated pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof.  Thereafter,  your benefits shall
be determined in accordance with the Company's long term  disability  plan, or a
substitute plan then in effect.

          (b) If your  employment  shall be  terminated  for Cause,  the Company
shall pay you your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the rate
in effect at the time Notice of  Termination is given and the Company shall have
no further obligations to you under this Agreement.

          (c) If the Company shall terminate your employment other than pursuant
to Section 3(a) or 3(b) hereof or if you shall  terminate  your  employment  for
Good Reason, then the Company shall pay to you as severance pay in a lump sum on
the fifth day following the Date of Termination, the following amounts:

               (i) your full base salary  through the Date of Termination at the
rate in effect at the time Notice of Termination is given;

               (ii) if the Date of  Termination  occurs on or prior to the first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount equal to two (2) times your annual base salary in effect
as of the Date of Termination;

               (iii)  if  the  Date  of  Termination   occurs  after  the  first
anniversary  date of the change in control of the  Company,  then in lieu of any
further  salary  payments  to  you  for  periods   subsequent  to  the  Date  of
Termination,  an amount  equal to (A) two (2) times your  annual  base salary in
effect as of the Date of  Termination  less (B) an amount  equal to  one-twelfth
(1/12) of your annual base  salary in effect as of the Date of  Termination  for
each  month  (or  portion  of a month)  which  has  elapsed  between  the  first
anniversary  of the date of the change in control  and the Date of  Termination.
For

                                       4

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 5


example,  if a change  in  control  occurs  on  January  1, 1999 and the Date of
Termination  occurs on  January  10,  2000,  a portion  of one month  shall have
elapsed  between the first  anniversary of the date of the change in control and
the Date of Termination, and you would be eligible to receive an amount equal to
approximately 1.917 (or 23/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination. If the Date of Termination occurs on November 10, 2000, ten
months and a portion of one  additional  month  shall have  elapsed  between the
first  anniversary  of the  date  of the  change  in  control  and  the  Date of
Termination,   and  you  would  be  eligible  to  receive  an  amount  equal  to
approximately 1.083 (or 13/12ths) of your annual base salary in effect as of the
Date of Termination;

               (iv) in lieu of a bonus under the Company's  executive  incentive
plan (or any successor  bonus plan or  arrangement),  an amount in cash equal to
50% of the average  bonus payment  awarded  under such plan (or any  predecessor
bonus plan or arrangement)  for the three years prior to the Date of Termination
(or such lesser period of years as you have been employed by the Company);

               (v) in lieu of shares of common stock of the  Company,  par value
$.01 per share ("Company  Shares"),  issuable under the Company's 1996 Long-Term
Incentive Plan, as amended,  or any other stock option plan adopted from time to
time by the Company for its key executives (the "Plan"),  issuable upon exercise
of options  ("Options")  granted to you under the Company's Plan, (which Options
shall be cancelled upon the making of the payment referred to below),  you shall
receive an amount in cash equal to the  aggregate  spread  between the  exercise
prices of all Options held by you whether or not then fully exercisable, and the
higher of (a) the closing  price of Company  Shares as reported on the  National
Association of Securities  Dealers  Automatic  Quotation  System National Market
System  ("NASDAQ")  on the  Date of  Termination  (or the  closing  price on any
exchange on which the Company Shares are then traded, if applicable), or (b) the
highest price per Company Share  actually paid in connection  with any change in
control of the Company;

               (vi) the  Company  shall  also pay all  legal  fees and  expenses
incurred  by you as a result of such  termination  (including  all such fees and
expenses, if any, incurred in contesting or disputing any such termination or in
seeking to obtain or enforce any right or benefit provided by this Agreement).

          (d) Unless you are terminated for Cause, the Company shall maintain in
full force and effect,  for the continued  benefit of you for one year after the
Date of Termination,  all employee benefit plans and programs or arrangements in
which  you  were  entitled  to  participate  immediately  prior  to the  Date of
Termination  provided that your  continued  participation  is possible under the
general terms and provisions of such plans and programs.  In the event that your
participation  in any such plan or program is barred,  the Company shall arrange
to  provide  you with  benefits  substantially  similar  to those  which you are
entitled to receive under such plans and  programs.  At the end of the period of
coverage,  you shall have the option to have assigned to you at no cost and with
no apportionment of prepaid premiums,  any assignable  insurance policy owned by
the Company and relating specifically to you.

                                       5

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 6


          (e) You shall not be required  to  mitigate  the amount of any payment
provided for in this Section 4 by seeking other  employment  or  otherwise,  nor
shall the amount of any payment provided for in this Section 4 be reduced by any
compensation earned by you as the result of employment by another employer after
the Date of Termination, or otherwise.

     5. OTHER  AGREEMENTS.  Until the  occurrence  of a change in control of the
Company as defined herein, the Company's obligation for the payment of severance
or other benefits upon  termination of your employment shall be governed by such
other agreement,  if any, between you and the Company or any subsidiary thereof.
Following  the  occurrence  of a change in  control of the  Company,  as defined
herein,  this Agreement  shall supersede any such other agreement and such other
agreement shall have no further force or effect.

     6. SUCCESSORS, BINDING AGREEMENT.

          (a)  The  Company  will  require  any  successor  (whether  direct  or
indirect,   by  purchase,   merger,   consolidation  or  otherwise)  to  all  or
substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company,  by agreement in
form and substance satisfactory to you, to expressly assume and agree to perform
this  Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would
be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  Failure of the
Company  to  obtain  such  agreement  prior  to the  effectiveness  of any  such
succession  shall  be a  breach  of this  Agreement  and  shall  entitle  you to
compensation  from the  Company in the same  amount and on the same terms as you
would be entitled  hereunder if you terminated  your employment for Good Reason,
except that for purposes of  implementing  the foregoing,  the date on which any
such succession  becomes  effective shall be deemed the Date of Termination.  As
used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined
and any successor to its business  and/or assets as aforesaid which executes and
delivers the agreement provided for in this Section 6 or which otherwise becomes
bound by all the terms and provisions of this Agreement by operation of law.

          (b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by
your personal or legal representatives,  executors, administrators,  successors,
heirs, distributees,  devisees and legatees. If you should die while any amounts
would still be payable to you hereunder if you had  continued to live,  all such
amounts,  unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement to your devisee, legatee, or other designee or, if there
be no such designee, to your estate.

     7.  NOTICE.  For the  purposes  of this  Agreement,  notices  and all other
communications  provided for in the  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be
deemed  to have been  duly  given  when  delivered  or  mailed by United  States
registered mail,  return receipt  requested,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the
respective  addresses  set forth on the first page of this  Agreement,  provided
that all notices to the Company  shall be directed to the attention of the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company with a copy to the Secretary of the Company, or
to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in

                                       6

<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 7


writing in accordance  herewith,  except that notices of change of address shall
be effective only upon receipt.

     8. MISCELLANEOUS. No provision of this Agreement may be modified, waived or
discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing
signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board of
Directors  of the  Company.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other  party  hereto of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or
provision of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed
a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. No agreements or  representations,  oral or otherwise,
express or implied,  with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.  The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

     9. VALIDITY.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of any provisions of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision
of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

     10. COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, each
of which  shall be  deemed to be an  original  but both of which  together  will
constitute one and the same instrument.  Any such counterpart may be executed by
facsimile  signature  with only verbal  confirmation,  and when so executed  and
delivered  shall be deemed an original and such  counterpart(s)  together  shall
constitute only one original.

     11. ARBITRATION.  Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection
with this  Agreement  shall be settled  exclusively by arbitration in Milwaukee,
Wisconsin in accordance with the rules of the American  Arbitration  Association
then in effect. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute or controversy,
the Company will continue to pay you your full  compensation  in effect when the
notice giving rise to the dispute was given (including, but not limited to, base
salary) and  continue  you as a  participant  in all  compensation,  benefit and
insurance plans in which you were  participating  when the notice giving rise to
the dispute was given,  until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with
Section 3(e)  hereof.  Amounts paid under this Section 11 are in addition to all
other amounts due under this Agreement and shall not be offset against or reduce
any other  amounts  due under  this  Agreement.  Judgment  may be entered on the
arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that you
shall be entitled to seek  specific  performance  of your right to be paid until
the Date of  Termination  during the  pendency  of any  dispute  or  controversy
arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

              [THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


                                       7
<PAGE>

October 1, 1998
Page 8


     If this letter  correctly  sets forth our  agreement on the subject  matter
hereof,  kindly sign and return to the Company the enclosed  copy of this letter
which will then constitute our agreement on this subject.

                                      Sincerely,

                                      OMNIQUIP INTERNATIONAL, INC.



                                      By: /s/ P. Enoch Stiff
                                          ---------------------------------
                                          P. Enoch Stiff
                                          President and Chief Executive Officer




AGREED TO THIS 9TH DAY
OF OCTOBER, 1998



/s/ Richard A. Solon
- ----------------------------------




                                       8



                                                                      EXHIBIT 21

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


Subsidiary                                        Jurisdiction of Incorporation
- ----------                                        -----------------------------

TRAK International, Inc.                                    Delaware
Lull International, Inc.                                    Delaware
Snorkel International, Inc.                                 Delaware
OmniQuip U.K. Limited                                   England and Wales


Subsidiaries of Snorkel International, Inc.:

   Snorkel Elevating Work Platforms Pty Limited             Australia
   Snorkel Elevating Work Platforms Limited                New Zealand



                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS



We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration
Statements  on Form S-8 (No.  333-24777,  No.  333-24811  and No.  333-24827) of
OmniQuip International, Inc. of our report dated November 3, 1998 listed at Item
14. 1. of this Annual  Report on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc. for
the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1998. We also consent to the  incorporation
by reference of our report on the Financial Statement Schedule,  which is listed
at Item 14. 2. of this Form 10-K.



PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP


St. Louis, Missouri
December 28, 1998



                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  December 24, 1998                   /s/ Donald E. Nickelson
                                            ---------------------------
                                            Donald E. Nickelson


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  December 18, 1998                      /s/ Peter S. Finley
                                              ---------------------------
                                              Peter S. Finley



<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  December 24, 1998                      /s/ Jeffrey L. Fox
                                               ---------------------------
                                               Jeffrey L. Fox




<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.



Dated:  December 24, 1998                      /s/ Samuel A. Hamacher
                                               ---------------------------
                                               Samuel A. Hamacher



<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  November 3, 1998                        /s/ Paul W. Jones
                                                ---------------------------
                                                Paul W. Jones

<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  November 2, 1998                    /s/ Jerry E. Ritter
                                            ---------------------------
                                            Jerry E. Ritter


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  October 26, 1998                      /s/ Joseph F. Shaughnessy
                                              ---------------------------
                                              Joseph F. Shaughnessy


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes  and appoints P. Enoch Stiff,  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J.
Laetz  and  Glenda  Moehlenpah,  and  each  of  them,  as his  true  and  lawful
attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution,  for him and in his
name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the 1998 Annual Report
on Form 10-K of OmniQuip  International,  Inc.,  and to file the same,  with all
exhibits  thereto,  and  other  documents  in  connection  therewith,  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and
agent full power and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing
requisite  and  necessary  as fully to all intents  and  purposes as he might or
could  do  in  person,  and  hereby  ratifying  and  confirming  all  that  said
attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or substitutes  may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  November 8, 1998                       /s/ Robert L. Virgil
                                               ---------------------------
                                               Robert L. Virgil


<PAGE>

                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that the person whose signature appears
below  constitutes and appoints  Philip G. Franklin,  Curtis J. Laetz and Glenda
Moehlenpah, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent,
with full power of  substitution,  for him and in his name,  place and stead, in
any and all capacities,  to sign the 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K of OmniQuip
International,  Inc., and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
granting unto each said  attorney-in-fact  and agent full power and authority to
do and perform each and every act and thing  requisite and necessary as fully to
all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, and hereby ratifying
and  confirming  all that said  attorney-in-fact  and agent or his substitute or
substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Dated:  December 24, 1998                       /s/ P. Enoch Stiff
                                                ---------------------------
                                                P. Enoch Stiff




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
This  document  contains  summary  financial   information  extracted  from  the
financial  statements  contained in the attached  Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended  September  30, 1998 and is  qualified  in its entirety by
reference to such financial statements.

</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. DOLLARS

       
<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-START>                                 OCT-01-1997
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1998
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         4,684
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  67,875
<ALLOWANCES>                                   1,295
<INVENTORY>                                    71,065
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               152,349
<PP&E>                                         41,375
<DEPRECIATION>                                 7,783
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 316,462
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          93,457
<BONDS>                                        124,250
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       143
<OTHER-SE>                                     41,717
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   316,462
<SALES>                                        455,653
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               455,653
<CGS>                                          349,584
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  396,949
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               2,553
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             10,261
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                45,890
<INCOME-TAX>                                   18,547
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            27,343
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                545
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   26,798
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  1.88
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  1.86

        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission